| 1 |
27 |
khays |
// output.h -- manage the output file for gold -*- C++ -*-
|
| 2 |
|
|
|
| 3 |
|
|
// Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
| 4 |
|
|
// Written by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
|
| 5 |
|
|
|
| 6 |
|
|
// This file is part of gold.
|
| 7 |
|
|
|
| 8 |
|
|
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
| 9 |
|
|
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
| 10 |
|
|
// the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
| 11 |
|
|
// (at your option) any later version.
|
| 12 |
|
|
|
| 13 |
|
|
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
| 14 |
|
|
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
| 15 |
|
|
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
| 16 |
|
|
// GNU General Public License for more details.
|
| 17 |
|
|
|
| 18 |
|
|
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
| 19 |
|
|
// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
| 20 |
|
|
// Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
|
| 21 |
|
|
// MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
| 22 |
|
|
|
| 23 |
|
|
#ifndef GOLD_OUTPUT_H
|
| 24 |
|
|
#define GOLD_OUTPUT_H
|
| 25 |
|
|
|
| 26 |
|
|
#include <list>
|
| 27 |
|
|
#include <vector>
|
| 28 |
|
|
|
| 29 |
|
|
#include "elfcpp.h"
|
| 30 |
|
|
#include "mapfile.h"
|
| 31 |
|
|
#include "layout.h"
|
| 32 |
|
|
#include "reloc-types.h"
|
| 33 |
|
|
|
| 34 |
|
|
namespace gold
|
| 35 |
|
|
{
|
| 36 |
|
|
|
| 37 |
|
|
class General_options;
|
| 38 |
|
|
class Object;
|
| 39 |
|
|
class Symbol;
|
| 40 |
|
|
class Output_file;
|
| 41 |
|
|
class Output_merge_base;
|
| 42 |
|
|
class Output_section;
|
| 43 |
|
|
class Relocatable_relocs;
|
| 44 |
|
|
class Target;
|
| 45 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 46 |
|
|
class Sized_target;
|
| 47 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 48 |
|
|
class Sized_relobj;
|
| 49 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 50 |
|
|
class Sized_relobj_file;
|
| 51 |
|
|
|
| 52 |
|
|
// An abtract class for data which has to go into the output file.
|
| 53 |
|
|
|
| 54 |
|
|
class Output_data
|
| 55 |
|
|
{
|
| 56 |
|
|
public:
|
| 57 |
|
|
explicit Output_data()
|
| 58 |
|
|
: address_(0), data_size_(0), offset_(-1),
|
| 59 |
|
|
is_address_valid_(false), is_data_size_valid_(false),
|
| 60 |
|
|
is_offset_valid_(false), is_data_size_fixed_(false),
|
| 61 |
|
|
has_dynamic_reloc_(false)
|
| 62 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 63 |
|
|
|
| 64 |
|
|
virtual
|
| 65 |
|
|
~Output_data();
|
| 66 |
|
|
|
| 67 |
|
|
// Return the address. For allocated sections, this is only valid
|
| 68 |
|
|
// after Layout::finalize is finished.
|
| 69 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 70 |
|
|
address() const
|
| 71 |
|
|
{
|
| 72 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->is_address_valid_);
|
| 73 |
|
|
return this->address_;
|
| 74 |
|
|
}
|
| 75 |
|
|
|
| 76 |
|
|
// Return the size of the data. For allocated sections, this must
|
| 77 |
|
|
// be valid after Layout::finalize calls set_address, but need not
|
| 78 |
|
|
// be valid before then.
|
| 79 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 80 |
|
|
data_size() const
|
| 81 |
|
|
{
|
| 82 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->is_data_size_valid_);
|
| 83 |
|
|
return this->data_size_;
|
| 84 |
|
|
}
|
| 85 |
|
|
|
| 86 |
|
|
// Get the current data size.
|
| 87 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 88 |
|
|
current_data_size() const
|
| 89 |
|
|
{ return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
|
| 90 |
|
|
|
| 91 |
|
|
// Return true if data size is fixed.
|
| 92 |
|
|
bool
|
| 93 |
|
|
is_data_size_fixed() const
|
| 94 |
|
|
{ return this->is_data_size_fixed_; }
|
| 95 |
|
|
|
| 96 |
|
|
// Return the file offset. This is only valid after
|
| 97 |
|
|
// Layout::finalize is finished. For some non-allocated sections,
|
| 98 |
|
|
// it may not be valid until near the end of the link.
|
| 99 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 100 |
|
|
offset() const
|
| 101 |
|
|
{
|
| 102 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->is_offset_valid_);
|
| 103 |
|
|
return this->offset_;
|
| 104 |
|
|
}
|
| 105 |
|
|
|
| 106 |
|
|
// Reset the address and file offset. This essentially disables the
|
| 107 |
|
|
// sanity testing about duplicate and unknown settings.
|
| 108 |
|
|
void
|
| 109 |
|
|
reset_address_and_file_offset()
|
| 110 |
|
|
{
|
| 111 |
|
|
this->is_address_valid_ = false;
|
| 112 |
|
|
this->is_offset_valid_ = false;
|
| 113 |
|
|
if (!this->is_data_size_fixed_)
|
| 114 |
|
|
this->is_data_size_valid_ = false;
|
| 115 |
|
|
this->do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
|
| 116 |
|
|
}
|
| 117 |
|
|
|
| 118 |
|
|
// Return true if address and file offset already have reset values. In
|
| 119 |
|
|
// other words, calling reset_address_and_file_offset will not change them.
|
| 120 |
|
|
bool
|
| 121 |
|
|
address_and_file_offset_have_reset_values() const
|
| 122 |
|
|
{ return this->do_address_and_file_offset_have_reset_values(); }
|
| 123 |
|
|
|
| 124 |
|
|
// Return the required alignment.
|
| 125 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 126 |
|
|
addralign() const
|
| 127 |
|
|
{ return this->do_addralign(); }
|
| 128 |
|
|
|
| 129 |
|
|
// Return whether this has a load address.
|
| 130 |
|
|
bool
|
| 131 |
|
|
has_load_address() const
|
| 132 |
|
|
{ return this->do_has_load_address(); }
|
| 133 |
|
|
|
| 134 |
|
|
// Return the load address.
|
| 135 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 136 |
|
|
load_address() const
|
| 137 |
|
|
{ return this->do_load_address(); }
|
| 138 |
|
|
|
| 139 |
|
|
// Return whether this is an Output_section.
|
| 140 |
|
|
bool
|
| 141 |
|
|
is_section() const
|
| 142 |
|
|
{ return this->do_is_section(); }
|
| 143 |
|
|
|
| 144 |
|
|
// Return whether this is an Output_section of the specified type.
|
| 145 |
|
|
bool
|
| 146 |
|
|
is_section_type(elfcpp::Elf_Word stt) const
|
| 147 |
|
|
{ return this->do_is_section_type(stt); }
|
| 148 |
|
|
|
| 149 |
|
|
// Return whether this is an Output_section with the specified flag
|
| 150 |
|
|
// set.
|
| 151 |
|
|
bool
|
| 152 |
|
|
is_section_flag_set(elfcpp::Elf_Xword shf) const
|
| 153 |
|
|
{ return this->do_is_section_flag_set(shf); }
|
| 154 |
|
|
|
| 155 |
|
|
// Return the output section that this goes in, if there is one.
|
| 156 |
|
|
Output_section*
|
| 157 |
|
|
output_section()
|
| 158 |
|
|
{ return this->do_output_section(); }
|
| 159 |
|
|
|
| 160 |
|
|
const Output_section*
|
| 161 |
|
|
output_section() const
|
| 162 |
|
|
{ return this->do_output_section(); }
|
| 163 |
|
|
|
| 164 |
|
|
// Return the output section index, if there is an output section.
|
| 165 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 166 |
|
|
out_shndx() const
|
| 167 |
|
|
{ return this->do_out_shndx(); }
|
| 168 |
|
|
|
| 169 |
|
|
// Set the output section index, if this is an output section.
|
| 170 |
|
|
void
|
| 171 |
|
|
set_out_shndx(unsigned int shndx)
|
| 172 |
|
|
{ this->do_set_out_shndx(shndx); }
|
| 173 |
|
|
|
| 174 |
|
|
// Set the address and file offset of this data, and finalize the
|
| 175 |
|
|
// size of the data. This is called during Layout::finalize for
|
| 176 |
|
|
// allocated sections.
|
| 177 |
|
|
void
|
| 178 |
|
|
set_address_and_file_offset(uint64_t addr, off_t off)
|
| 179 |
|
|
{
|
| 180 |
|
|
this->set_address(addr);
|
| 181 |
|
|
this->set_file_offset(off);
|
| 182 |
|
|
this->finalize_data_size();
|
| 183 |
|
|
}
|
| 184 |
|
|
|
| 185 |
|
|
// Set the address.
|
| 186 |
|
|
void
|
| 187 |
|
|
set_address(uint64_t addr)
|
| 188 |
|
|
{
|
| 189 |
|
|
gold_assert(!this->is_address_valid_);
|
| 190 |
|
|
this->address_ = addr;
|
| 191 |
|
|
this->is_address_valid_ = true;
|
| 192 |
|
|
}
|
| 193 |
|
|
|
| 194 |
|
|
// Set the file offset.
|
| 195 |
|
|
void
|
| 196 |
|
|
set_file_offset(off_t off)
|
| 197 |
|
|
{
|
| 198 |
|
|
gold_assert(!this->is_offset_valid_);
|
| 199 |
|
|
this->offset_ = off;
|
| 200 |
|
|
this->is_offset_valid_ = true;
|
| 201 |
|
|
}
|
| 202 |
|
|
|
| 203 |
|
|
// Update the data size without finalizing it.
|
| 204 |
|
|
void
|
| 205 |
|
|
pre_finalize_data_size()
|
| 206 |
|
|
{
|
| 207 |
|
|
if (!this->is_data_size_valid_)
|
| 208 |
|
|
{
|
| 209 |
|
|
// Tell the child class to update the data size.
|
| 210 |
|
|
this->update_data_size();
|
| 211 |
|
|
}
|
| 212 |
|
|
}
|
| 213 |
|
|
|
| 214 |
|
|
// Finalize the data size.
|
| 215 |
|
|
void
|
| 216 |
|
|
finalize_data_size()
|
| 217 |
|
|
{
|
| 218 |
|
|
if (!this->is_data_size_valid_)
|
| 219 |
|
|
{
|
| 220 |
|
|
// Tell the child class to set the data size.
|
| 221 |
|
|
this->set_final_data_size();
|
| 222 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->is_data_size_valid_);
|
| 223 |
|
|
}
|
| 224 |
|
|
}
|
| 225 |
|
|
|
| 226 |
|
|
// Set the TLS offset. Called only for SHT_TLS sections.
|
| 227 |
|
|
void
|
| 228 |
|
|
set_tls_offset(uint64_t tls_base)
|
| 229 |
|
|
{ this->do_set_tls_offset(tls_base); }
|
| 230 |
|
|
|
| 231 |
|
|
// Return the TLS offset, relative to the base of the TLS segment.
|
| 232 |
|
|
// Valid only for SHT_TLS sections.
|
| 233 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 234 |
|
|
tls_offset() const
|
| 235 |
|
|
{ return this->do_tls_offset(); }
|
| 236 |
|
|
|
| 237 |
|
|
// Write the data to the output file. This is called after
|
| 238 |
|
|
// Layout::finalize is complete.
|
| 239 |
|
|
void
|
| 240 |
|
|
write(Output_file* file)
|
| 241 |
|
|
{ this->do_write(file); }
|
| 242 |
|
|
|
| 243 |
|
|
// This is called by Layout::finalize to note that the sizes of
|
| 244 |
|
|
// allocated sections must now be fixed.
|
| 245 |
|
|
static void
|
| 246 |
|
|
layout_complete()
|
| 247 |
|
|
{ Output_data::allocated_sizes_are_fixed = true; }
|
| 248 |
|
|
|
| 249 |
|
|
// Used to check that layout has been done.
|
| 250 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 251 |
|
|
is_layout_complete()
|
| 252 |
|
|
{ return Output_data::allocated_sizes_are_fixed; }
|
| 253 |
|
|
|
| 254 |
|
|
// Note that a dynamic reloc has been applied to this data.
|
| 255 |
|
|
void
|
| 256 |
|
|
add_dynamic_reloc()
|
| 257 |
|
|
{ this->has_dynamic_reloc_ = true; }
|
| 258 |
|
|
|
| 259 |
|
|
// Return whether a dynamic reloc has been applied.
|
| 260 |
|
|
bool
|
| 261 |
|
|
has_dynamic_reloc() const
|
| 262 |
|
|
{ return this->has_dynamic_reloc_; }
|
| 263 |
|
|
|
| 264 |
|
|
// Whether the address is valid.
|
| 265 |
|
|
bool
|
| 266 |
|
|
is_address_valid() const
|
| 267 |
|
|
{ return this->is_address_valid_; }
|
| 268 |
|
|
|
| 269 |
|
|
// Whether the file offset is valid.
|
| 270 |
|
|
bool
|
| 271 |
|
|
is_offset_valid() const
|
| 272 |
|
|
{ return this->is_offset_valid_; }
|
| 273 |
|
|
|
| 274 |
|
|
// Whether the data size is valid.
|
| 275 |
|
|
bool
|
| 276 |
|
|
is_data_size_valid() const
|
| 277 |
|
|
{ return this->is_data_size_valid_; }
|
| 278 |
|
|
|
| 279 |
|
|
// Print information to the map file.
|
| 280 |
|
|
void
|
| 281 |
|
|
print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 282 |
|
|
{ return this->do_print_to_mapfile(mapfile); }
|
| 283 |
|
|
|
| 284 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 285 |
|
|
// Functions that child classes may or in some cases must implement.
|
| 286 |
|
|
|
| 287 |
|
|
// Write the data to the output file.
|
| 288 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 289 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*) = 0;
|
| 290 |
|
|
|
| 291 |
|
|
// Return the required alignment.
|
| 292 |
|
|
virtual uint64_t
|
| 293 |
|
|
do_addralign() const = 0;
|
| 294 |
|
|
|
| 295 |
|
|
// Return whether this has a load address.
|
| 296 |
|
|
virtual bool
|
| 297 |
|
|
do_has_load_address() const
|
| 298 |
|
|
{ return false; }
|
| 299 |
|
|
|
| 300 |
|
|
// Return the load address.
|
| 301 |
|
|
virtual uint64_t
|
| 302 |
|
|
do_load_address() const
|
| 303 |
|
|
{ gold_unreachable(); }
|
| 304 |
|
|
|
| 305 |
|
|
// Return whether this is an Output_section.
|
| 306 |
|
|
virtual bool
|
| 307 |
|
|
do_is_section() const
|
| 308 |
|
|
{ return false; }
|
| 309 |
|
|
|
| 310 |
|
|
// Return whether this is an Output_section of the specified type.
|
| 311 |
|
|
// This only needs to be implement by Output_section.
|
| 312 |
|
|
virtual bool
|
| 313 |
|
|
do_is_section_type(elfcpp::Elf_Word) const
|
| 314 |
|
|
{ return false; }
|
| 315 |
|
|
|
| 316 |
|
|
// Return whether this is an Output_section with the specific flag
|
| 317 |
|
|
// set. This only needs to be implemented by Output_section.
|
| 318 |
|
|
virtual bool
|
| 319 |
|
|
do_is_section_flag_set(elfcpp::Elf_Xword) const
|
| 320 |
|
|
{ return false; }
|
| 321 |
|
|
|
| 322 |
|
|
// Return the output section, if there is one.
|
| 323 |
|
|
virtual Output_section*
|
| 324 |
|
|
do_output_section()
|
| 325 |
|
|
{ return NULL; }
|
| 326 |
|
|
|
| 327 |
|
|
virtual const Output_section*
|
| 328 |
|
|
do_output_section() const
|
| 329 |
|
|
{ return NULL; }
|
| 330 |
|
|
|
| 331 |
|
|
// Return the output section index, if there is an output section.
|
| 332 |
|
|
virtual unsigned int
|
| 333 |
|
|
do_out_shndx() const
|
| 334 |
|
|
{ gold_unreachable(); }
|
| 335 |
|
|
|
| 336 |
|
|
// Set the output section index, if this is an output section.
|
| 337 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 338 |
|
|
do_set_out_shndx(unsigned int)
|
| 339 |
|
|
{ gold_unreachable(); }
|
| 340 |
|
|
|
| 341 |
|
|
// This is a hook for derived classes to set the preliminary data size.
|
| 342 |
|
|
// This is called by pre_finalize_data_size, normally called during
|
| 343 |
|
|
// Layout::finalize, before the section address is set, and is used
|
| 344 |
|
|
// during an incremental update, when we need to know the size of a
|
| 345 |
|
|
// section before allocating space in the output file. For classes
|
| 346 |
|
|
// where the current data size is up to date, this default version of
|
| 347 |
|
|
// the method can be inherited.
|
| 348 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 349 |
|
|
update_data_size()
|
| 350 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 351 |
|
|
|
| 352 |
|
|
// This is a hook for derived classes to set the data size. This is
|
| 353 |
|
|
// called by finalize_data_size, normally called during
|
| 354 |
|
|
// Layout::finalize, when the section address is set.
|
| 355 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 356 |
|
|
set_final_data_size()
|
| 357 |
|
|
{ gold_unreachable(); }
|
| 358 |
|
|
|
| 359 |
|
|
// A hook for resetting the address and file offset.
|
| 360 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 361 |
|
|
do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
|
| 362 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 363 |
|
|
|
| 364 |
|
|
// Return true if address and file offset already have reset values. In
|
| 365 |
|
|
// other words, calling reset_address_and_file_offset will not change them.
|
| 366 |
|
|
// A child class overriding do_reset_address_and_file_offset may need to
|
| 367 |
|
|
// also override this.
|
| 368 |
|
|
virtual bool
|
| 369 |
|
|
do_address_and_file_offset_have_reset_values() const
|
| 370 |
|
|
{ return !this->is_address_valid_ && !this->is_offset_valid_; }
|
| 371 |
|
|
|
| 372 |
|
|
// Set the TLS offset. Called only for SHT_TLS sections.
|
| 373 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 374 |
|
|
do_set_tls_offset(uint64_t)
|
| 375 |
|
|
{ gold_unreachable(); }
|
| 376 |
|
|
|
| 377 |
|
|
// Return the TLS offset, relative to the base of the TLS segment.
|
| 378 |
|
|
// Valid only for SHT_TLS sections.
|
| 379 |
|
|
virtual uint64_t
|
| 380 |
|
|
do_tls_offset() const
|
| 381 |
|
|
{ gold_unreachable(); }
|
| 382 |
|
|
|
| 383 |
|
|
// Print to the map file. This only needs to be implemented by
|
| 384 |
|
|
// classes which may appear in a PT_LOAD segment.
|
| 385 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 386 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile*) const
|
| 387 |
|
|
{ gold_unreachable(); }
|
| 388 |
|
|
|
| 389 |
|
|
// Functions that child classes may call.
|
| 390 |
|
|
|
| 391 |
|
|
// Reset the address. The Output_section class needs this when an
|
| 392 |
|
|
// SHF_ALLOC input section is added to an output section which was
|
| 393 |
|
|
// formerly not SHF_ALLOC.
|
| 394 |
|
|
void
|
| 395 |
|
|
mark_address_invalid()
|
| 396 |
|
|
{ this->is_address_valid_ = false; }
|
| 397 |
|
|
|
| 398 |
|
|
// Set the size of the data.
|
| 399 |
|
|
void
|
| 400 |
|
|
set_data_size(off_t data_size)
|
| 401 |
|
|
{
|
| 402 |
|
|
gold_assert(!this->is_data_size_valid_
|
| 403 |
|
|
&& !this->is_data_size_fixed_);
|
| 404 |
|
|
this->data_size_ = data_size;
|
| 405 |
|
|
this->is_data_size_valid_ = true;
|
| 406 |
|
|
}
|
| 407 |
|
|
|
| 408 |
|
|
// Fix the data size. Once it is fixed, it cannot be changed
|
| 409 |
|
|
// and the data size remains always valid.
|
| 410 |
|
|
void
|
| 411 |
|
|
fix_data_size()
|
| 412 |
|
|
{
|
| 413 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->is_data_size_valid_);
|
| 414 |
|
|
this->is_data_size_fixed_ = true;
|
| 415 |
|
|
}
|
| 416 |
|
|
|
| 417 |
|
|
// Get the current data size--this is for the convenience of
|
| 418 |
|
|
// sections which build up their size over time.
|
| 419 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 420 |
|
|
current_data_size_for_child() const
|
| 421 |
|
|
{ return this->data_size_; }
|
| 422 |
|
|
|
| 423 |
|
|
// Set the current data size--this is for the convenience of
|
| 424 |
|
|
// sections which build up their size over time.
|
| 425 |
|
|
void
|
| 426 |
|
|
set_current_data_size_for_child(off_t data_size)
|
| 427 |
|
|
{
|
| 428 |
|
|
gold_assert(!this->is_data_size_valid_);
|
| 429 |
|
|
this->data_size_ = data_size;
|
| 430 |
|
|
}
|
| 431 |
|
|
|
| 432 |
|
|
// Return default alignment for the target size.
|
| 433 |
|
|
static uint64_t
|
| 434 |
|
|
default_alignment();
|
| 435 |
|
|
|
| 436 |
|
|
// Return default alignment for a specified size--32 or 64.
|
| 437 |
|
|
static uint64_t
|
| 438 |
|
|
default_alignment_for_size(int size);
|
| 439 |
|
|
|
| 440 |
|
|
private:
|
| 441 |
|
|
Output_data(const Output_data&);
|
| 442 |
|
|
Output_data& operator=(const Output_data&);
|
| 443 |
|
|
|
| 444 |
|
|
// This is used for verification, to make sure that we don't try to
|
| 445 |
|
|
// change any sizes of allocated sections after we set the section
|
| 446 |
|
|
// addresses.
|
| 447 |
|
|
static bool allocated_sizes_are_fixed;
|
| 448 |
|
|
|
| 449 |
|
|
// Memory address in output file.
|
| 450 |
|
|
uint64_t address_;
|
| 451 |
|
|
// Size of data in output file.
|
| 452 |
|
|
off_t data_size_;
|
| 453 |
|
|
// File offset of contents in output file.
|
| 454 |
|
|
off_t offset_;
|
| 455 |
|
|
// Whether address_ is valid.
|
| 456 |
|
|
bool is_address_valid_ : 1;
|
| 457 |
|
|
// Whether data_size_ is valid.
|
| 458 |
|
|
bool is_data_size_valid_ : 1;
|
| 459 |
|
|
// Whether offset_ is valid.
|
| 460 |
|
|
bool is_offset_valid_ : 1;
|
| 461 |
|
|
// Whether data size is fixed.
|
| 462 |
|
|
bool is_data_size_fixed_ : 1;
|
| 463 |
|
|
// Whether any dynamic relocs have been applied to this section.
|
| 464 |
|
|
bool has_dynamic_reloc_ : 1;
|
| 465 |
|
|
};
|
| 466 |
|
|
|
| 467 |
|
|
// Output the section headers.
|
| 468 |
|
|
|
| 469 |
|
|
class Output_section_headers : public Output_data
|
| 470 |
|
|
{
|
| 471 |
|
|
public:
|
| 472 |
|
|
Output_section_headers(const Layout*,
|
| 473 |
|
|
const Layout::Segment_list*,
|
| 474 |
|
|
const Layout::Section_list*,
|
| 475 |
|
|
const Layout::Section_list*,
|
| 476 |
|
|
const Stringpool*,
|
| 477 |
|
|
const Output_section*);
|
| 478 |
|
|
|
| 479 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 480 |
|
|
// Write the data to the file.
|
| 481 |
|
|
void
|
| 482 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
| 483 |
|
|
|
| 484 |
|
|
// Return the required alignment.
|
| 485 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 486 |
|
|
do_addralign() const
|
| 487 |
|
|
{ return Output_data::default_alignment(); }
|
| 488 |
|
|
|
| 489 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 490 |
|
|
void
|
| 491 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 492 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** section headers")); }
|
| 493 |
|
|
|
| 494 |
|
|
// Update the data size.
|
| 495 |
|
|
void
|
| 496 |
|
|
update_data_size()
|
| 497 |
|
|
{ this->set_data_size(this->do_size()); }
|
| 498 |
|
|
|
| 499 |
|
|
// Set final data size.
|
| 500 |
|
|
void
|
| 501 |
|
|
set_final_data_size()
|
| 502 |
|
|
{ this->set_data_size(this->do_size()); }
|
| 503 |
|
|
|
| 504 |
|
|
private:
|
| 505 |
|
|
// Write the data to the file with the right size and endianness.
|
| 506 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 507 |
|
|
void
|
| 508 |
|
|
do_sized_write(Output_file*);
|
| 509 |
|
|
|
| 510 |
|
|
// Compute data size.
|
| 511 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 512 |
|
|
do_size() const;
|
| 513 |
|
|
|
| 514 |
|
|
const Layout* layout_;
|
| 515 |
|
|
const Layout::Segment_list* segment_list_;
|
| 516 |
|
|
const Layout::Section_list* section_list_;
|
| 517 |
|
|
const Layout::Section_list* unattached_section_list_;
|
| 518 |
|
|
const Stringpool* secnamepool_;
|
| 519 |
|
|
const Output_section* shstrtab_section_;
|
| 520 |
|
|
};
|
| 521 |
|
|
|
| 522 |
|
|
// Output the segment headers.
|
| 523 |
|
|
|
| 524 |
|
|
class Output_segment_headers : public Output_data
|
| 525 |
|
|
{
|
| 526 |
|
|
public:
|
| 527 |
|
|
Output_segment_headers(const Layout::Segment_list& segment_list);
|
| 528 |
|
|
|
| 529 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 530 |
|
|
// Write the data to the file.
|
| 531 |
|
|
void
|
| 532 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
| 533 |
|
|
|
| 534 |
|
|
// Return the required alignment.
|
| 535 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 536 |
|
|
do_addralign() const
|
| 537 |
|
|
{ return Output_data::default_alignment(); }
|
| 538 |
|
|
|
| 539 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 540 |
|
|
void
|
| 541 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 542 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** segment headers")); }
|
| 543 |
|
|
|
| 544 |
|
|
// Set final data size.
|
| 545 |
|
|
void
|
| 546 |
|
|
set_final_data_size()
|
| 547 |
|
|
{ this->set_data_size(this->do_size()); }
|
| 548 |
|
|
|
| 549 |
|
|
private:
|
| 550 |
|
|
// Write the data to the file with the right size and endianness.
|
| 551 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 552 |
|
|
void
|
| 553 |
|
|
do_sized_write(Output_file*);
|
| 554 |
|
|
|
| 555 |
|
|
// Compute the current size.
|
| 556 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 557 |
|
|
do_size() const;
|
| 558 |
|
|
|
| 559 |
|
|
const Layout::Segment_list& segment_list_;
|
| 560 |
|
|
};
|
| 561 |
|
|
|
| 562 |
|
|
// Output the ELF file header.
|
| 563 |
|
|
|
| 564 |
|
|
class Output_file_header : public Output_data
|
| 565 |
|
|
{
|
| 566 |
|
|
public:
|
| 567 |
|
|
Output_file_header(const Target*,
|
| 568 |
|
|
const Symbol_table*,
|
| 569 |
|
|
const Output_segment_headers*);
|
| 570 |
|
|
|
| 571 |
|
|
// Add information about the section headers. We lay out the ELF
|
| 572 |
|
|
// file header before we create the section headers.
|
| 573 |
|
|
void set_section_info(const Output_section_headers*,
|
| 574 |
|
|
const Output_section* shstrtab);
|
| 575 |
|
|
|
| 576 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 577 |
|
|
// Write the data to the file.
|
| 578 |
|
|
void
|
| 579 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
| 580 |
|
|
|
| 581 |
|
|
// Return the required alignment.
|
| 582 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 583 |
|
|
do_addralign() const
|
| 584 |
|
|
{ return Output_data::default_alignment(); }
|
| 585 |
|
|
|
| 586 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 587 |
|
|
void
|
| 588 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 589 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** file header")); }
|
| 590 |
|
|
|
| 591 |
|
|
// Set final data size.
|
| 592 |
|
|
void
|
| 593 |
|
|
set_final_data_size(void)
|
| 594 |
|
|
{ this->set_data_size(this->do_size()); }
|
| 595 |
|
|
|
| 596 |
|
|
private:
|
| 597 |
|
|
// Write the data to the file with the right size and endianness.
|
| 598 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 599 |
|
|
void
|
| 600 |
|
|
do_sized_write(Output_file*);
|
| 601 |
|
|
|
| 602 |
|
|
// Return the value to use for the entry address.
|
| 603 |
|
|
template<int size>
|
| 604 |
|
|
typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr
|
| 605 |
|
|
entry();
|
| 606 |
|
|
|
| 607 |
|
|
// Compute the current data size.
|
| 608 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 609 |
|
|
do_size() const;
|
| 610 |
|
|
|
| 611 |
|
|
const Target* target_;
|
| 612 |
|
|
const Symbol_table* symtab_;
|
| 613 |
|
|
const Output_segment_headers* segment_header_;
|
| 614 |
|
|
const Output_section_headers* section_header_;
|
| 615 |
|
|
const Output_section* shstrtab_;
|
| 616 |
|
|
};
|
| 617 |
|
|
|
| 618 |
|
|
// Output sections are mainly comprised of input sections. However,
|
| 619 |
|
|
// there are cases where we have data to write out which is not in an
|
| 620 |
|
|
// input section. Output_section_data is used in such cases. This is
|
| 621 |
|
|
// an abstract base class.
|
| 622 |
|
|
|
| 623 |
|
|
class Output_section_data : public Output_data
|
| 624 |
|
|
{
|
| 625 |
|
|
public:
|
| 626 |
|
|
Output_section_data(off_t data_size, uint64_t addralign,
|
| 627 |
|
|
bool is_data_size_fixed)
|
| 628 |
|
|
: Output_data(), output_section_(NULL), addralign_(addralign)
|
| 629 |
|
|
{
|
| 630 |
|
|
this->set_data_size(data_size);
|
| 631 |
|
|
if (is_data_size_fixed)
|
| 632 |
|
|
this->fix_data_size();
|
| 633 |
|
|
}
|
| 634 |
|
|
|
| 635 |
|
|
Output_section_data(uint64_t addralign)
|
| 636 |
|
|
: Output_data(), output_section_(NULL), addralign_(addralign)
|
| 637 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 638 |
|
|
|
| 639 |
|
|
// Return the output section.
|
| 640 |
|
|
Output_section*
|
| 641 |
|
|
output_section()
|
| 642 |
|
|
{ return this->output_section_; }
|
| 643 |
|
|
|
| 644 |
|
|
const Output_section*
|
| 645 |
|
|
output_section() const
|
| 646 |
|
|
{ return this->output_section_; }
|
| 647 |
|
|
|
| 648 |
|
|
// Record the output section.
|
| 649 |
|
|
void
|
| 650 |
|
|
set_output_section(Output_section* os);
|
| 651 |
|
|
|
| 652 |
|
|
// Add an input section, for SHF_MERGE sections. This returns true
|
| 653 |
|
|
// if the section was handled.
|
| 654 |
|
|
bool
|
| 655 |
|
|
add_input_section(Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx)
|
| 656 |
|
|
{ return this->do_add_input_section(object, shndx); }
|
| 657 |
|
|
|
| 658 |
|
|
// Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
|
| 659 |
|
|
// object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
|
| 660 |
|
|
// section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
|
| 661 |
|
|
// the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
|
| 662 |
|
|
// sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
|
| 663 |
|
|
// this input offset is being discarded.
|
| 664 |
|
|
bool
|
| 665 |
|
|
output_offset(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 666 |
|
|
section_offset_type offset,
|
| 667 |
|
|
section_offset_type* poutput) const
|
| 668 |
|
|
{ return this->do_output_offset(object, shndx, offset, poutput); }
|
| 669 |
|
|
|
| 670 |
|
|
// Return whether this is the merge section for the input section
|
| 671 |
|
|
// SHNDX in OBJECT. This should return true when output_offset
|
| 672 |
|
|
// would return true for some values of OFFSET.
|
| 673 |
|
|
bool
|
| 674 |
|
|
is_merge_section_for(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx) const
|
| 675 |
|
|
{ return this->do_is_merge_section_for(object, shndx); }
|
| 676 |
|
|
|
| 677 |
|
|
// Write the contents to a buffer. This is used for sections which
|
| 678 |
|
|
// require postprocessing, such as compression.
|
| 679 |
|
|
void
|
| 680 |
|
|
write_to_buffer(unsigned char* buffer)
|
| 681 |
|
|
{ this->do_write_to_buffer(buffer); }
|
| 682 |
|
|
|
| 683 |
|
|
// Print merge stats to stderr. This should only be called for
|
| 684 |
|
|
// SHF_MERGE sections.
|
| 685 |
|
|
void
|
| 686 |
|
|
print_merge_stats(const char* section_name)
|
| 687 |
|
|
{ this->do_print_merge_stats(section_name); }
|
| 688 |
|
|
|
| 689 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 690 |
|
|
// The child class must implement do_write.
|
| 691 |
|
|
|
| 692 |
|
|
// The child class may implement specific adjustments to the output
|
| 693 |
|
|
// section.
|
| 694 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 695 |
|
|
do_adjust_output_section(Output_section*)
|
| 696 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 697 |
|
|
|
| 698 |
|
|
// May be implemented by child class. Return true if the section
|
| 699 |
|
|
// was handled.
|
| 700 |
|
|
virtual bool
|
| 701 |
|
|
do_add_input_section(Relobj*, unsigned int)
|
| 702 |
|
|
{ gold_unreachable(); }
|
| 703 |
|
|
|
| 704 |
|
|
// The child class may implement output_offset.
|
| 705 |
|
|
virtual bool
|
| 706 |
|
|
do_output_offset(const Relobj*, unsigned int, section_offset_type,
|
| 707 |
|
|
section_offset_type*) const
|
| 708 |
|
|
{ return false; }
|
| 709 |
|
|
|
| 710 |
|
|
// The child class may implement is_merge_section_for.
|
| 711 |
|
|
virtual bool
|
| 712 |
|
|
do_is_merge_section_for(const Relobj*, unsigned int) const
|
| 713 |
|
|
{ return false; }
|
| 714 |
|
|
|
| 715 |
|
|
// The child class may implement write_to_buffer. Most child
|
| 716 |
|
|
// classes can not appear in a compressed section, and they do not
|
| 717 |
|
|
// implement this.
|
| 718 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 719 |
|
|
do_write_to_buffer(unsigned char*)
|
| 720 |
|
|
{ gold_unreachable(); }
|
| 721 |
|
|
|
| 722 |
|
|
// Print merge statistics.
|
| 723 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 724 |
|
|
do_print_merge_stats(const char*)
|
| 725 |
|
|
{ gold_unreachable(); }
|
| 726 |
|
|
|
| 727 |
|
|
// Return the required alignment.
|
| 728 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 729 |
|
|
do_addralign() const
|
| 730 |
|
|
{ return this->addralign_; }
|
| 731 |
|
|
|
| 732 |
|
|
// Return the output section.
|
| 733 |
|
|
Output_section*
|
| 734 |
|
|
do_output_section()
|
| 735 |
|
|
{ return this->output_section_; }
|
| 736 |
|
|
|
| 737 |
|
|
const Output_section*
|
| 738 |
|
|
do_output_section() const
|
| 739 |
|
|
{ return this->output_section_; }
|
| 740 |
|
|
|
| 741 |
|
|
// Return the section index of the output section.
|
| 742 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 743 |
|
|
do_out_shndx() const;
|
| 744 |
|
|
|
| 745 |
|
|
// Set the alignment.
|
| 746 |
|
|
void
|
| 747 |
|
|
set_addralign(uint64_t addralign);
|
| 748 |
|
|
|
| 749 |
|
|
private:
|
| 750 |
|
|
// The output section for this section.
|
| 751 |
|
|
Output_section* output_section_;
|
| 752 |
|
|
// The required alignment.
|
| 753 |
|
|
uint64_t addralign_;
|
| 754 |
|
|
};
|
| 755 |
|
|
|
| 756 |
|
|
// Some Output_section_data classes build up their data step by step,
|
| 757 |
|
|
// rather than all at once. This class provides an interface for
|
| 758 |
|
|
// them.
|
| 759 |
|
|
|
| 760 |
|
|
class Output_section_data_build : public Output_section_data
|
| 761 |
|
|
{
|
| 762 |
|
|
public:
|
| 763 |
|
|
Output_section_data_build(uint64_t addralign)
|
| 764 |
|
|
: Output_section_data(addralign)
|
| 765 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 766 |
|
|
|
| 767 |
|
|
Output_section_data_build(off_t data_size, uint64_t addralign)
|
| 768 |
|
|
: Output_section_data(data_size, addralign, false)
|
| 769 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 770 |
|
|
|
| 771 |
|
|
// Set the current data size.
|
| 772 |
|
|
void
|
| 773 |
|
|
set_current_data_size(off_t data_size)
|
| 774 |
|
|
{ this->set_current_data_size_for_child(data_size); }
|
| 775 |
|
|
|
| 776 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 777 |
|
|
// Set the final data size.
|
| 778 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 779 |
|
|
set_final_data_size()
|
| 780 |
|
|
{ this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size_for_child()); }
|
| 781 |
|
|
};
|
| 782 |
|
|
|
| 783 |
|
|
// A simple case of Output_data in which we have constant data to
|
| 784 |
|
|
// output.
|
| 785 |
|
|
|
| 786 |
|
|
class Output_data_const : public Output_section_data
|
| 787 |
|
|
{
|
| 788 |
|
|
public:
|
| 789 |
|
|
Output_data_const(const std::string& data, uint64_t addralign)
|
| 790 |
|
|
: Output_section_data(data.size(), addralign, true), data_(data)
|
| 791 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 792 |
|
|
|
| 793 |
|
|
Output_data_const(const char* p, off_t len, uint64_t addralign)
|
| 794 |
|
|
: Output_section_data(len, addralign, true), data_(p, len)
|
| 795 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 796 |
|
|
|
| 797 |
|
|
Output_data_const(const unsigned char* p, off_t len, uint64_t addralign)
|
| 798 |
|
|
: Output_section_data(len, addralign, true),
|
| 799 |
|
|
data_(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(p), len)
|
| 800 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 801 |
|
|
|
| 802 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 803 |
|
|
// Write the data to the output file.
|
| 804 |
|
|
void
|
| 805 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
| 806 |
|
|
|
| 807 |
|
|
// Write the data to a buffer.
|
| 808 |
|
|
void
|
| 809 |
|
|
do_write_to_buffer(unsigned char* buffer)
|
| 810 |
|
|
{ memcpy(buffer, this->data_.data(), this->data_.size()); }
|
| 811 |
|
|
|
| 812 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 813 |
|
|
void
|
| 814 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 815 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** fill")); }
|
| 816 |
|
|
|
| 817 |
|
|
private:
|
| 818 |
|
|
std::string data_;
|
| 819 |
|
|
};
|
| 820 |
|
|
|
| 821 |
|
|
// Another version of Output_data with constant data, in which the
|
| 822 |
|
|
// buffer is allocated by the caller.
|
| 823 |
|
|
|
| 824 |
|
|
class Output_data_const_buffer : public Output_section_data
|
| 825 |
|
|
{
|
| 826 |
|
|
public:
|
| 827 |
|
|
Output_data_const_buffer(const unsigned char* p, off_t len,
|
| 828 |
|
|
uint64_t addralign, const char* map_name)
|
| 829 |
|
|
: Output_section_data(len, addralign, true),
|
| 830 |
|
|
p_(p), map_name_(map_name)
|
| 831 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 832 |
|
|
|
| 833 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 834 |
|
|
// Write the data the output file.
|
| 835 |
|
|
void
|
| 836 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
| 837 |
|
|
|
| 838 |
|
|
// Write the data to a buffer.
|
| 839 |
|
|
void
|
| 840 |
|
|
do_write_to_buffer(unsigned char* buffer)
|
| 841 |
|
|
{ memcpy(buffer, this->p_, this->data_size()); }
|
| 842 |
|
|
|
| 843 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 844 |
|
|
void
|
| 845 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 846 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _(this->map_name_)); }
|
| 847 |
|
|
|
| 848 |
|
|
private:
|
| 849 |
|
|
// The data to output.
|
| 850 |
|
|
const unsigned char* p_;
|
| 851 |
|
|
// Name to use in a map file. Maps are a rarely used feature, but
|
| 852 |
|
|
// the space usage is minor as aren't very many of these objects.
|
| 853 |
|
|
const char* map_name_;
|
| 854 |
|
|
};
|
| 855 |
|
|
|
| 856 |
|
|
// A place holder for a fixed amount of data written out via some
|
| 857 |
|
|
// other mechanism.
|
| 858 |
|
|
|
| 859 |
|
|
class Output_data_fixed_space : public Output_section_data
|
| 860 |
|
|
{
|
| 861 |
|
|
public:
|
| 862 |
|
|
Output_data_fixed_space(off_t data_size, uint64_t addralign,
|
| 863 |
|
|
const char* map_name)
|
| 864 |
|
|
: Output_section_data(data_size, addralign, true),
|
| 865 |
|
|
map_name_(map_name)
|
| 866 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 867 |
|
|
|
| 868 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 869 |
|
|
// Write out the data--the actual data must be written out
|
| 870 |
|
|
// elsewhere.
|
| 871 |
|
|
void
|
| 872 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*)
|
| 873 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 874 |
|
|
|
| 875 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 876 |
|
|
void
|
| 877 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 878 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _(this->map_name_)); }
|
| 879 |
|
|
|
| 880 |
|
|
private:
|
| 881 |
|
|
// Name to use in a map file. Maps are a rarely used feature, but
|
| 882 |
|
|
// the space usage is minor as aren't very many of these objects.
|
| 883 |
|
|
const char* map_name_;
|
| 884 |
|
|
};
|
| 885 |
|
|
|
| 886 |
|
|
// A place holder for variable sized data written out via some other
|
| 887 |
|
|
// mechanism.
|
| 888 |
|
|
|
| 889 |
|
|
class Output_data_space : public Output_section_data_build
|
| 890 |
|
|
{
|
| 891 |
|
|
public:
|
| 892 |
|
|
explicit Output_data_space(uint64_t addralign, const char* map_name)
|
| 893 |
|
|
: Output_section_data_build(addralign),
|
| 894 |
|
|
map_name_(map_name)
|
| 895 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 896 |
|
|
|
| 897 |
|
|
explicit Output_data_space(off_t data_size, uint64_t addralign,
|
| 898 |
|
|
const char* map_name)
|
| 899 |
|
|
: Output_section_data_build(data_size, addralign),
|
| 900 |
|
|
map_name_(map_name)
|
| 901 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 902 |
|
|
|
| 903 |
|
|
// Set the alignment.
|
| 904 |
|
|
void
|
| 905 |
|
|
set_space_alignment(uint64_t align)
|
| 906 |
|
|
{ this->set_addralign(align); }
|
| 907 |
|
|
|
| 908 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 909 |
|
|
// Write out the data--the actual data must be written out
|
| 910 |
|
|
// elsewhere.
|
| 911 |
|
|
void
|
| 912 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*)
|
| 913 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 914 |
|
|
|
| 915 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 916 |
|
|
void
|
| 917 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 918 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _(this->map_name_)); }
|
| 919 |
|
|
|
| 920 |
|
|
private:
|
| 921 |
|
|
// Name to use in a map file. Maps are a rarely used feature, but
|
| 922 |
|
|
// the space usage is minor as aren't very many of these objects.
|
| 923 |
|
|
const char* map_name_;
|
| 924 |
|
|
};
|
| 925 |
|
|
|
| 926 |
|
|
// Fill fixed space with zeroes. This is just like
|
| 927 |
|
|
// Output_data_fixed_space, except that the map name is known.
|
| 928 |
|
|
|
| 929 |
|
|
class Output_data_zero_fill : public Output_section_data
|
| 930 |
|
|
{
|
| 931 |
|
|
public:
|
| 932 |
|
|
Output_data_zero_fill(off_t data_size, uint64_t addralign)
|
| 933 |
|
|
: Output_section_data(data_size, addralign, true)
|
| 934 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 935 |
|
|
|
| 936 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 937 |
|
|
// There is no data to write out.
|
| 938 |
|
|
void
|
| 939 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*)
|
| 940 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 941 |
|
|
|
| 942 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 943 |
|
|
void
|
| 944 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 945 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, "** zero fill"); }
|
| 946 |
|
|
};
|
| 947 |
|
|
|
| 948 |
|
|
// A string table which goes into an output section.
|
| 949 |
|
|
|
| 950 |
|
|
class Output_data_strtab : public Output_section_data
|
| 951 |
|
|
{
|
| 952 |
|
|
public:
|
| 953 |
|
|
Output_data_strtab(Stringpool* strtab)
|
| 954 |
|
|
: Output_section_data(1), strtab_(strtab)
|
| 955 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 956 |
|
|
|
| 957 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 958 |
|
|
// This is called to update the section size prior to assigning
|
| 959 |
|
|
// the address and file offset.
|
| 960 |
|
|
void
|
| 961 |
|
|
update_data_size()
|
| 962 |
|
|
{ this->set_final_data_size(); }
|
| 963 |
|
|
|
| 964 |
|
|
// This is called to set the address and file offset. Here we make
|
| 965 |
|
|
// sure that the Stringpool is finalized.
|
| 966 |
|
|
void
|
| 967 |
|
|
set_final_data_size();
|
| 968 |
|
|
|
| 969 |
|
|
// Write out the data.
|
| 970 |
|
|
void
|
| 971 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
| 972 |
|
|
|
| 973 |
|
|
// Write the data to a buffer.
|
| 974 |
|
|
void
|
| 975 |
|
|
do_write_to_buffer(unsigned char* buffer)
|
| 976 |
|
|
{ this->strtab_->write_to_buffer(buffer, this->data_size()); }
|
| 977 |
|
|
|
| 978 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 979 |
|
|
void
|
| 980 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 981 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** string table")); }
|
| 982 |
|
|
|
| 983 |
|
|
private:
|
| 984 |
|
|
Stringpool* strtab_;
|
| 985 |
|
|
};
|
| 986 |
|
|
|
| 987 |
|
|
// This POD class is used to represent a single reloc in the output
|
| 988 |
|
|
// file. This could be a private class within Output_data_reloc, but
|
| 989 |
|
|
// the templatization is complex enough that I broke it out into a
|
| 990 |
|
|
// separate class. The class is templatized on either elfcpp::SHT_REL
|
| 991 |
|
|
// or elfcpp::SHT_RELA, and also on whether this is a dynamic
|
| 992 |
|
|
// relocation or an ordinary relocation.
|
| 993 |
|
|
|
| 994 |
|
|
// A relocation can be against a global symbol, a local symbol, a
|
| 995 |
|
|
// local section symbol, an output section, or the undefined symbol at
|
| 996 |
|
|
// index 0. We represent the latter by using a NULL global symbol.
|
| 997 |
|
|
|
| 998 |
|
|
template<int sh_type, bool dynamic, int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 999 |
|
|
class Output_reloc;
|
| 1000 |
|
|
|
| 1001 |
|
|
template<bool dynamic, int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 1002 |
|
|
class Output_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, dynamic, size, big_endian>
|
| 1003 |
|
|
{
|
| 1004 |
|
|
public:
|
| 1005 |
|
|
typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Address;
|
| 1006 |
|
|
typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Addend;
|
| 1007 |
|
|
|
| 1008 |
|
|
static const Address invalid_address = static_cast<Address>(0) - 1;
|
| 1009 |
|
|
|
| 1010 |
|
|
// An uninitialized entry. We need this because we want to put
|
| 1011 |
|
|
// instances of this class into an STL container.
|
| 1012 |
|
|
Output_reloc()
|
| 1013 |
|
|
: local_sym_index_(INVALID_CODE)
|
| 1014 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1015 |
|
|
|
| 1016 |
|
|
// We have a bunch of different constructors. They come in pairs
|
| 1017 |
|
|
// depending on how the address of the relocation is specified. It
|
| 1018 |
|
|
// can either be an offset in an Output_data or an offset in an
|
| 1019 |
|
|
// input section.
|
| 1020 |
|
|
|
| 1021 |
|
|
// A reloc against a global symbol.
|
| 1022 |
|
|
|
| 1023 |
|
|
Output_reloc(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1024 |
|
|
Address address, bool is_relative, bool is_symbolless);
|
| 1025 |
|
|
|
| 1026 |
|
|
Output_reloc(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type,
|
| 1027 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1028 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address, bool is_relative,
|
| 1029 |
|
|
bool is_symbolless);
|
| 1030 |
|
|
|
| 1031 |
|
|
// A reloc against a local symbol or local section symbol.
|
| 1032 |
|
|
|
| 1033 |
|
|
Output_reloc(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1034 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1035 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Address address, bool is_relative,
|
| 1036 |
163 |
khays |
bool is_symbolless, bool is_section_symbol,
|
| 1037 |
|
|
bool use_plt_offset);
|
| 1038 |
27 |
khays |
|
| 1039 |
|
|
Output_reloc(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1040 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1041 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address, bool is_relative,
|
| 1042 |
163 |
khays |
bool is_symbolless, bool is_section_symbol,
|
| 1043 |
|
|
bool use_plt_offset);
|
| 1044 |
27 |
khays |
|
| 1045 |
|
|
// A reloc against the STT_SECTION symbol of an output section.
|
| 1046 |
|
|
|
| 1047 |
|
|
Output_reloc(Output_section* os, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1048 |
|
|
Address address);
|
| 1049 |
|
|
|
| 1050 |
|
|
Output_reloc(Output_section* os, unsigned int type,
|
| 1051 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1052 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address);
|
| 1053 |
|
|
|
| 1054 |
|
|
// An absolute relocation with no symbol.
|
| 1055 |
|
|
|
| 1056 |
|
|
Output_reloc(unsigned int type, Output_data* od, Address address);
|
| 1057 |
|
|
|
| 1058 |
|
|
Output_reloc(unsigned int type, Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1059 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address);
|
| 1060 |
|
|
|
| 1061 |
|
|
// A target specific relocation. The target will be called to get
|
| 1062 |
|
|
// the symbol index, passing ARG. The type and offset will be set
|
| 1063 |
|
|
// as for other relocation types.
|
| 1064 |
|
|
|
| 1065 |
|
|
Output_reloc(unsigned int type, void* arg, Output_data* od,
|
| 1066 |
|
|
Address address);
|
| 1067 |
|
|
|
| 1068 |
|
|
Output_reloc(unsigned int type, void* arg,
|
| 1069 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1070 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address);
|
| 1071 |
|
|
|
| 1072 |
|
|
// Return the reloc type.
|
| 1073 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 1074 |
|
|
type() const
|
| 1075 |
|
|
{ return this->type_; }
|
| 1076 |
|
|
|
| 1077 |
|
|
// Return whether this is a RELATIVE relocation.
|
| 1078 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1079 |
|
|
is_relative() const
|
| 1080 |
|
|
{ return this->is_relative_; }
|
| 1081 |
|
|
|
| 1082 |
|
|
// Return whether this is a relocation which should not use
|
| 1083 |
|
|
// a symbol, but which obtains its addend from a symbol.
|
| 1084 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1085 |
|
|
is_symbolless() const
|
| 1086 |
|
|
{ return this->is_symbolless_; }
|
| 1087 |
|
|
|
| 1088 |
|
|
// Return whether this is against a local section symbol.
|
| 1089 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1090 |
|
|
is_local_section_symbol() const
|
| 1091 |
|
|
{
|
| 1092 |
|
|
return (this->local_sym_index_ != GSYM_CODE
|
| 1093 |
|
|
&& this->local_sym_index_ != SECTION_CODE
|
| 1094 |
|
|
&& this->local_sym_index_ != INVALID_CODE
|
| 1095 |
|
|
&& this->local_sym_index_ != TARGET_CODE
|
| 1096 |
|
|
&& this->is_section_symbol_);
|
| 1097 |
|
|
}
|
| 1098 |
|
|
|
| 1099 |
|
|
// Return whether this is a target specific relocation.
|
| 1100 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1101 |
|
|
is_target_specific() const
|
| 1102 |
|
|
{ return this->local_sym_index_ == TARGET_CODE; }
|
| 1103 |
|
|
|
| 1104 |
|
|
// Return the argument to pass to the target for a target specific
|
| 1105 |
|
|
// relocation.
|
| 1106 |
|
|
void*
|
| 1107 |
|
|
target_arg() const
|
| 1108 |
|
|
{
|
| 1109 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->local_sym_index_ == TARGET_CODE);
|
| 1110 |
|
|
return this->u1_.arg;
|
| 1111 |
|
|
}
|
| 1112 |
|
|
|
| 1113 |
|
|
// For a local section symbol, return the offset of the input
|
| 1114 |
|
|
// section within the output section. ADDEND is the addend being
|
| 1115 |
|
|
// applied to the input section.
|
| 1116 |
|
|
Address
|
| 1117 |
|
|
local_section_offset(Addend addend) const;
|
| 1118 |
|
|
|
| 1119 |
|
|
// Get the value of the symbol referred to by a Rel relocation when
|
| 1120 |
|
|
// we are adding the given ADDEND.
|
| 1121 |
|
|
Address
|
| 1122 |
|
|
symbol_value(Addend addend) const;
|
| 1123 |
|
|
|
| 1124 |
|
|
// If this relocation is against an input section, return the
|
| 1125 |
|
|
// relocatable object containing the input section.
|
| 1126 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>*
|
| 1127 |
|
|
get_relobj() const
|
| 1128 |
|
|
{
|
| 1129 |
|
|
if (this->shndx_ == INVALID_CODE)
|
| 1130 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 1131 |
|
|
return this->u2_.relobj;
|
| 1132 |
|
|
}
|
| 1133 |
|
|
|
| 1134 |
|
|
// Write the reloc entry to an output view.
|
| 1135 |
|
|
void
|
| 1136 |
|
|
write(unsigned char* pov) const;
|
| 1137 |
|
|
|
| 1138 |
|
|
// Write the offset and info fields to Write_rel.
|
| 1139 |
|
|
template<typename Write_rel>
|
| 1140 |
|
|
void write_rel(Write_rel*) const;
|
| 1141 |
|
|
|
| 1142 |
|
|
// This is used when sorting dynamic relocs. Return -1 to sort this
|
| 1143 |
|
|
// reloc before R2, 0 to sort the same as R2, 1 to sort after R2.
|
| 1144 |
|
|
int
|
| 1145 |
|
|
compare(const Output_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, dynamic, size, big_endian>& r2)
|
| 1146 |
|
|
const;
|
| 1147 |
|
|
|
| 1148 |
|
|
// Return whether this reloc should be sorted before the argument
|
| 1149 |
|
|
// when sorting dynamic relocs.
|
| 1150 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1151 |
|
|
sort_before(const Output_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, dynamic, size, big_endian>&
|
| 1152 |
|
|
r2) const
|
| 1153 |
|
|
{ return this->compare(r2) < 0; }
|
| 1154 |
|
|
|
| 1155 |
|
|
private:
|
| 1156 |
|
|
// Record that we need a dynamic symbol index.
|
| 1157 |
|
|
void
|
| 1158 |
|
|
set_needs_dynsym_index();
|
| 1159 |
|
|
|
| 1160 |
|
|
// Return the symbol index.
|
| 1161 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 1162 |
|
|
get_symbol_index() const;
|
| 1163 |
|
|
|
| 1164 |
|
|
// Return the output address.
|
| 1165 |
|
|
Address
|
| 1166 |
|
|
get_address() const;
|
| 1167 |
|
|
|
| 1168 |
|
|
// Codes for local_sym_index_.
|
| 1169 |
|
|
enum
|
| 1170 |
|
|
{
|
| 1171 |
|
|
// Global symbol.
|
| 1172 |
|
|
GSYM_CODE = -1U,
|
| 1173 |
|
|
// Output section.
|
| 1174 |
|
|
SECTION_CODE = -2U,
|
| 1175 |
|
|
// Target specific.
|
| 1176 |
|
|
TARGET_CODE = -3U,
|
| 1177 |
|
|
// Invalid uninitialized entry.
|
| 1178 |
|
|
INVALID_CODE = -4U
|
| 1179 |
|
|
};
|
| 1180 |
|
|
|
| 1181 |
|
|
union
|
| 1182 |
|
|
{
|
| 1183 |
|
|
// For a local symbol or local section symbol
|
| 1184 |
|
|
// (this->local_sym_index_ >= 0), the object. We will never
|
| 1185 |
|
|
// generate a relocation against a local symbol in a dynamic
|
| 1186 |
|
|
// object; that doesn't make sense. And our callers will always
|
| 1187 |
|
|
// be templatized, so we use Sized_relobj here.
|
| 1188 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj;
|
| 1189 |
|
|
// For a global symbol (this->local_sym_index_ == GSYM_CODE, the
|
| 1190 |
|
|
// symbol. If this is NULL, it indicates a relocation against the
|
| 1191 |
|
|
// undefined 0 symbol.
|
| 1192 |
|
|
Symbol* gsym;
|
| 1193 |
|
|
// For a relocation against an output section
|
| 1194 |
|
|
// (this->local_sym_index_ == SECTION_CODE), the output section.
|
| 1195 |
|
|
Output_section* os;
|
| 1196 |
|
|
// For a target specific relocation, an argument to pass to the
|
| 1197 |
|
|
// target.
|
| 1198 |
|
|
void* arg;
|
| 1199 |
|
|
} u1_;
|
| 1200 |
|
|
union
|
| 1201 |
|
|
{
|
| 1202 |
|
|
// If this->shndx_ is not INVALID CODE, the object which holds the
|
| 1203 |
|
|
// input section being used to specify the reloc address.
|
| 1204 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj;
|
| 1205 |
|
|
// If this->shndx_ is INVALID_CODE, the output data being used to
|
| 1206 |
|
|
// specify the reloc address. This may be NULL if the reloc
|
| 1207 |
|
|
// address is absolute.
|
| 1208 |
|
|
Output_data* od;
|
| 1209 |
|
|
} u2_;
|
| 1210 |
|
|
// The address offset within the input section or the Output_data.
|
| 1211 |
|
|
Address address_;
|
| 1212 |
|
|
// This is GSYM_CODE for a global symbol, or SECTION_CODE for a
|
| 1213 |
|
|
// relocation against an output section, or TARGET_CODE for a target
|
| 1214 |
|
|
// specific relocation, or INVALID_CODE for an uninitialized value.
|
| 1215 |
|
|
// Otherwise, for a local symbol (this->is_section_symbol_ is
|
| 1216 |
|
|
// false), the local symbol index. For a local section symbol
|
| 1217 |
|
|
// (this->is_section_symbol_ is true), the section index in the
|
| 1218 |
|
|
// input file.
|
| 1219 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index_;
|
| 1220 |
|
|
// The reloc type--a processor specific code.
|
| 1221 |
163 |
khays |
unsigned int type_ : 28;
|
| 1222 |
27 |
khays |
// True if the relocation is a RELATIVE relocation.
|
| 1223 |
|
|
bool is_relative_ : 1;
|
| 1224 |
|
|
// True if the relocation is one which should not use
|
| 1225 |
|
|
// a symbol, but which obtains its addend from a symbol.
|
| 1226 |
|
|
bool is_symbolless_ : 1;
|
| 1227 |
|
|
// True if the relocation is against a section symbol.
|
| 1228 |
|
|
bool is_section_symbol_ : 1;
|
| 1229 |
163 |
khays |
// True if the addend should be the PLT offset. This is used only
|
| 1230 |
|
|
// for RELATIVE relocations to local symbols.
|
| 1231 |
|
|
// (Used only for RELA, but stored here for space.)
|
| 1232 |
|
|
bool use_plt_offset_ : 1;
|
| 1233 |
27 |
khays |
// If the reloc address is an input section in an object, the
|
| 1234 |
|
|
// section index. This is INVALID_CODE if the reloc address is
|
| 1235 |
|
|
// specified in some other way.
|
| 1236 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx_;
|
| 1237 |
|
|
};
|
| 1238 |
|
|
|
| 1239 |
|
|
// The SHT_RELA version of Output_reloc<>. This is just derived from
|
| 1240 |
|
|
// the SHT_REL version of Output_reloc, but it adds an addend.
|
| 1241 |
|
|
|
| 1242 |
|
|
template<bool dynamic, int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 1243 |
|
|
class Output_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, dynamic, size, big_endian>
|
| 1244 |
|
|
{
|
| 1245 |
|
|
public:
|
| 1246 |
|
|
typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Address;
|
| 1247 |
|
|
typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Addend;
|
| 1248 |
|
|
|
| 1249 |
|
|
// An uninitialized entry.
|
| 1250 |
|
|
Output_reloc()
|
| 1251 |
|
|
: rel_()
|
| 1252 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1253 |
|
|
|
| 1254 |
|
|
// A reloc against a global symbol.
|
| 1255 |
|
|
|
| 1256 |
|
|
Output_reloc(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1257 |
|
|
Address address, Addend addend, bool is_relative,
|
| 1258 |
|
|
bool is_symbolless)
|
| 1259 |
|
|
: rel_(gsym, type, od, address, is_relative, is_symbolless),
|
| 1260 |
|
|
addend_(addend)
|
| 1261 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1262 |
|
|
|
| 1263 |
|
|
Output_reloc(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type,
|
| 1264 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1265 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address, Addend addend,
|
| 1266 |
|
|
bool is_relative, bool is_symbolless)
|
| 1267 |
|
|
: rel_(gsym, type, relobj, shndx, address, is_relative,
|
| 1268 |
|
|
is_symbolless), addend_(addend)
|
| 1269 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1270 |
|
|
|
| 1271 |
|
|
// A reloc against a local symbol.
|
| 1272 |
|
|
|
| 1273 |
|
|
Output_reloc(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1274 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1275 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Address address,
|
| 1276 |
|
|
Addend addend, bool is_relative,
|
| 1277 |
163 |
khays |
bool is_symbolless, bool is_section_symbol,
|
| 1278 |
|
|
bool use_plt_offset)
|
| 1279 |
27 |
khays |
: rel_(relobj, local_sym_index, type, od, address, is_relative,
|
| 1280 |
163 |
khays |
is_symbolless, is_section_symbol, use_plt_offset),
|
| 1281 |
27 |
khays |
addend_(addend)
|
| 1282 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1283 |
|
|
|
| 1284 |
|
|
Output_reloc(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1285 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1286 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address,
|
| 1287 |
|
|
Addend addend, bool is_relative,
|
| 1288 |
163 |
khays |
bool is_symbolless, bool is_section_symbol,
|
| 1289 |
|
|
bool use_plt_offset)
|
| 1290 |
27 |
khays |
: rel_(relobj, local_sym_index, type, shndx, address, is_relative,
|
| 1291 |
163 |
khays |
is_symbolless, is_section_symbol, use_plt_offset),
|
| 1292 |
27 |
khays |
addend_(addend)
|
| 1293 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1294 |
|
|
|
| 1295 |
|
|
// A reloc against the STT_SECTION symbol of an output section.
|
| 1296 |
|
|
|
| 1297 |
|
|
Output_reloc(Output_section* os, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1298 |
|
|
Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1299 |
|
|
: rel_(os, type, od, address), addend_(addend)
|
| 1300 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1301 |
|
|
|
| 1302 |
|
|
Output_reloc(Output_section* os, unsigned int type,
|
| 1303 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1304 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1305 |
|
|
: rel_(os, type, relobj, shndx, address), addend_(addend)
|
| 1306 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1307 |
|
|
|
| 1308 |
|
|
// An absolute relocation with no symbol.
|
| 1309 |
|
|
|
| 1310 |
|
|
Output_reloc(unsigned int type, Output_data* od, Address address,
|
| 1311 |
|
|
Addend addend)
|
| 1312 |
|
|
: rel_(type, od, address), addend_(addend)
|
| 1313 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1314 |
|
|
|
| 1315 |
|
|
Output_reloc(unsigned int type, Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1316 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1317 |
|
|
: rel_(type, relobj, shndx, address), addend_(addend)
|
| 1318 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1319 |
|
|
|
| 1320 |
|
|
// A target specific relocation. The target will be called to get
|
| 1321 |
|
|
// the symbol index and the addend, passing ARG. The type and
|
| 1322 |
|
|
// offset will be set as for other relocation types.
|
| 1323 |
|
|
|
| 1324 |
|
|
Output_reloc(unsigned int type, void* arg, Output_data* od,
|
| 1325 |
|
|
Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1326 |
|
|
: rel_(type, arg, od, address), addend_(addend)
|
| 1327 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1328 |
|
|
|
| 1329 |
|
|
Output_reloc(unsigned int type, void* arg,
|
| 1330 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1331 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1332 |
|
|
: rel_(type, arg, relobj, shndx, address), addend_(addend)
|
| 1333 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1334 |
|
|
|
| 1335 |
|
|
// Return whether this is a RELATIVE relocation.
|
| 1336 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1337 |
|
|
is_relative() const
|
| 1338 |
|
|
{ return this->rel_.is_relative(); }
|
| 1339 |
|
|
|
| 1340 |
|
|
// Return whether this is a relocation which should not use
|
| 1341 |
|
|
// a symbol, but which obtains its addend from a symbol.
|
| 1342 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1343 |
|
|
is_symbolless() const
|
| 1344 |
|
|
{ return this->rel_.is_symbolless(); }
|
| 1345 |
|
|
|
| 1346 |
|
|
// If this relocation is against an input section, return the
|
| 1347 |
|
|
// relocatable object containing the input section.
|
| 1348 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>*
|
| 1349 |
|
|
get_relobj() const
|
| 1350 |
|
|
{ return this->rel_.get_relobj(); }
|
| 1351 |
|
|
|
| 1352 |
|
|
// Write the reloc entry to an output view.
|
| 1353 |
|
|
void
|
| 1354 |
|
|
write(unsigned char* pov) const;
|
| 1355 |
|
|
|
| 1356 |
|
|
// Return whether this reloc should be sorted before the argument
|
| 1357 |
|
|
// when sorting dynamic relocs.
|
| 1358 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1359 |
|
|
sort_before(const Output_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, dynamic, size, big_endian>&
|
| 1360 |
|
|
r2) const
|
| 1361 |
|
|
{
|
| 1362 |
|
|
int i = this->rel_.compare(r2.rel_);
|
| 1363 |
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
| 1364 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1365 |
|
|
else if (i > 0)
|
| 1366 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1367 |
|
|
else
|
| 1368 |
|
|
return this->addend_ < r2.addend_;
|
| 1369 |
|
|
}
|
| 1370 |
|
|
|
| 1371 |
|
|
private:
|
| 1372 |
|
|
// The basic reloc.
|
| 1373 |
|
|
Output_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, dynamic, size, big_endian> rel_;
|
| 1374 |
|
|
// The addend.
|
| 1375 |
|
|
Addend addend_;
|
| 1376 |
|
|
};
|
| 1377 |
|
|
|
| 1378 |
|
|
// Output_data_reloc_generic is a non-template base class for
|
| 1379 |
|
|
// Output_data_reloc_base. This gives the generic code a way to hold
|
| 1380 |
|
|
// a pointer to a reloc section.
|
| 1381 |
|
|
|
| 1382 |
|
|
class Output_data_reloc_generic : public Output_section_data_build
|
| 1383 |
|
|
{
|
| 1384 |
|
|
public:
|
| 1385 |
|
|
Output_data_reloc_generic(int size, bool sort_relocs)
|
| 1386 |
|
|
: Output_section_data_build(Output_data::default_alignment_for_size(size)),
|
| 1387 |
|
|
relative_reloc_count_(0), sort_relocs_(sort_relocs)
|
| 1388 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1389 |
|
|
|
| 1390 |
|
|
// Return the number of relative relocs in this section.
|
| 1391 |
|
|
size_t
|
| 1392 |
|
|
relative_reloc_count() const
|
| 1393 |
|
|
{ return this->relative_reloc_count_; }
|
| 1394 |
|
|
|
| 1395 |
|
|
// Whether we should sort the relocs.
|
| 1396 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1397 |
|
|
sort_relocs() const
|
| 1398 |
|
|
{ return this->sort_relocs_; }
|
| 1399 |
|
|
|
| 1400 |
166 |
khays |
// Add a reloc of type TYPE against the global symbol GSYM. The
|
| 1401 |
|
|
// relocation applies to the data at offset ADDRESS within OD.
|
| 1402 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 1403 |
|
|
add_global_generic(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1404 |
|
|
uint64_t address, uint64_t addend) = 0;
|
| 1405 |
|
|
|
| 1406 |
|
|
// Add a reloc of type TYPE against the global symbol GSYM. The
|
| 1407 |
|
|
// relocation applies to data at offset ADDRESS within section SHNDX
|
| 1408 |
|
|
// of object file RELOBJ. OD is the associated output section.
|
| 1409 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 1410 |
|
|
add_global_generic(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1411 |
|
|
Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx, uint64_t address,
|
| 1412 |
|
|
uint64_t addend) = 0;
|
| 1413 |
|
|
|
| 1414 |
|
|
// Add a reloc of type TYPE against the local symbol LOCAL_SYM_INDEX
|
| 1415 |
|
|
// in RELOBJ. The relocation applies to the data at offset ADDRESS
|
| 1416 |
|
|
// within OD.
|
| 1417 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 1418 |
|
|
add_local_generic(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int local_sym_index,
|
| 1419 |
|
|
unsigned int type, Output_data* od, uint64_t address,
|
| 1420 |
|
|
uint64_t addend) = 0;
|
| 1421 |
|
|
|
| 1422 |
|
|
// Add a reloc of type TYPE against the local symbol LOCAL_SYM_INDEX
|
| 1423 |
|
|
// in RELOBJ. The relocation applies to the data at offset ADDRESS
|
| 1424 |
|
|
// within section SHNDX of RELOBJ. OD is the associated output
|
| 1425 |
|
|
// section.
|
| 1426 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 1427 |
|
|
add_local_generic(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int local_sym_index,
|
| 1428 |
|
|
unsigned int type, Output_data* od, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 1429 |
|
|
uint64_t address, uint64_t addend) = 0;
|
| 1430 |
|
|
|
| 1431 |
|
|
// Add a reloc of type TYPE against the STT_SECTION symbol of the
|
| 1432 |
|
|
// output section OS. The relocation applies to the data at offset
|
| 1433 |
|
|
// ADDRESS within OD.
|
| 1434 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 1435 |
|
|
add_output_section_generic(Output_section *os, unsigned int type,
|
| 1436 |
|
|
Output_data* od, uint64_t address,
|
| 1437 |
|
|
uint64_t addend) = 0;
|
| 1438 |
|
|
|
| 1439 |
|
|
// Add a reloc of type TYPE against the STT_SECTION symbol of the
|
| 1440 |
|
|
// output section OS. The relocation applies to the data at offset
|
| 1441 |
|
|
// ADDRESS within section SHNDX of RELOBJ. OD is the associated
|
| 1442 |
|
|
// output section.
|
| 1443 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 1444 |
|
|
add_output_section_generic(Output_section* os, unsigned int type,
|
| 1445 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Relobj* relobj,
|
| 1446 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, uint64_t address,
|
| 1447 |
|
|
uint64_t addend) = 0;
|
| 1448 |
|
|
|
| 1449 |
27 |
khays |
protected:
|
| 1450 |
|
|
// Note that we've added another relative reloc.
|
| 1451 |
|
|
void
|
| 1452 |
|
|
bump_relative_reloc_count()
|
| 1453 |
|
|
{ ++this->relative_reloc_count_; }
|
| 1454 |
|
|
|
| 1455 |
|
|
private:
|
| 1456 |
|
|
// The number of relative relocs added to this section. This is to
|
| 1457 |
|
|
// support DT_RELCOUNT.
|
| 1458 |
|
|
size_t relative_reloc_count_;
|
| 1459 |
|
|
// Whether to sort the relocations when writing them out, to make
|
| 1460 |
|
|
// the dynamic linker more efficient.
|
| 1461 |
|
|
bool sort_relocs_;
|
| 1462 |
|
|
};
|
| 1463 |
|
|
|
| 1464 |
|
|
// Output_data_reloc is used to manage a section containing relocs.
|
| 1465 |
|
|
// SH_TYPE is either elfcpp::SHT_REL or elfcpp::SHT_RELA. DYNAMIC
|
| 1466 |
|
|
// indicates whether this is a dynamic relocation or a normal
|
| 1467 |
|
|
// relocation. Output_data_reloc_base is a base class.
|
| 1468 |
|
|
// Output_data_reloc is the real class, which we specialize based on
|
| 1469 |
|
|
// the reloc type.
|
| 1470 |
|
|
|
| 1471 |
|
|
template<int sh_type, bool dynamic, int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 1472 |
|
|
class Output_data_reloc_base : public Output_data_reloc_generic
|
| 1473 |
|
|
{
|
| 1474 |
|
|
public:
|
| 1475 |
|
|
typedef Output_reloc<sh_type, dynamic, size, big_endian> Output_reloc_type;
|
| 1476 |
|
|
typedef typename Output_reloc_type::Address Address;
|
| 1477 |
|
|
static const int reloc_size =
|
| 1478 |
|
|
Reloc_types<sh_type, size, big_endian>::reloc_size;
|
| 1479 |
|
|
|
| 1480 |
|
|
// Construct the section.
|
| 1481 |
|
|
Output_data_reloc_base(bool sort_relocs)
|
| 1482 |
|
|
: Output_data_reloc_generic(size, sort_relocs)
|
| 1483 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1484 |
|
|
|
| 1485 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 1486 |
|
|
// Write out the data.
|
| 1487 |
|
|
void
|
| 1488 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
| 1489 |
|
|
|
| 1490 |
|
|
// Set the entry size and the link.
|
| 1491 |
|
|
void
|
| 1492 |
|
|
do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os);
|
| 1493 |
|
|
|
| 1494 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 1495 |
|
|
void
|
| 1496 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 1497 |
|
|
{
|
| 1498 |
|
|
mapfile->print_output_data(this,
|
| 1499 |
|
|
(dynamic
|
| 1500 |
|
|
? _("** dynamic relocs")
|
| 1501 |
|
|
: _("** relocs")));
|
| 1502 |
|
|
}
|
| 1503 |
|
|
|
| 1504 |
|
|
// Add a relocation entry.
|
| 1505 |
|
|
void
|
| 1506 |
|
|
add(Output_data* od, const Output_reloc_type& reloc)
|
| 1507 |
|
|
{
|
| 1508 |
|
|
this->relocs_.push_back(reloc);
|
| 1509 |
|
|
this->set_current_data_size(this->relocs_.size() * reloc_size);
|
| 1510 |
166 |
khays |
if (dynamic)
|
| 1511 |
|
|
od->add_dynamic_reloc();
|
| 1512 |
27 |
khays |
if (reloc.is_relative())
|
| 1513 |
|
|
this->bump_relative_reloc_count();
|
| 1514 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj = reloc.get_relobj();
|
| 1515 |
|
|
if (relobj != NULL)
|
| 1516 |
|
|
relobj->add_dyn_reloc(this->relocs_.size() - 1);
|
| 1517 |
|
|
}
|
| 1518 |
|
|
|
| 1519 |
|
|
private:
|
| 1520 |
|
|
typedef std::vector<Output_reloc_type> Relocs;
|
| 1521 |
|
|
|
| 1522 |
|
|
// The class used to sort the relocations.
|
| 1523 |
|
|
struct Sort_relocs_comparison
|
| 1524 |
|
|
{
|
| 1525 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1526 |
|
|
operator()(const Output_reloc_type& r1, const Output_reloc_type& r2) const
|
| 1527 |
|
|
{ return r1.sort_before(r2); }
|
| 1528 |
|
|
};
|
| 1529 |
|
|
|
| 1530 |
|
|
// The relocations in this section.
|
| 1531 |
|
|
Relocs relocs_;
|
| 1532 |
|
|
};
|
| 1533 |
|
|
|
| 1534 |
|
|
// The class which callers actually create.
|
| 1535 |
|
|
|
| 1536 |
|
|
template<int sh_type, bool dynamic, int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 1537 |
|
|
class Output_data_reloc;
|
| 1538 |
|
|
|
| 1539 |
|
|
// The SHT_REL version of Output_data_reloc.
|
| 1540 |
|
|
|
| 1541 |
|
|
template<bool dynamic, int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 1542 |
|
|
class Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, dynamic, size, big_endian>
|
| 1543 |
|
|
: public Output_data_reloc_base<elfcpp::SHT_REL, dynamic, size, big_endian>
|
| 1544 |
|
|
{
|
| 1545 |
|
|
private:
|
| 1546 |
|
|
typedef Output_data_reloc_base<elfcpp::SHT_REL, dynamic, size,
|
| 1547 |
|
|
big_endian> Base;
|
| 1548 |
|
|
|
| 1549 |
|
|
public:
|
| 1550 |
|
|
typedef typename Base::Output_reloc_type Output_reloc_type;
|
| 1551 |
|
|
typedef typename Output_reloc_type::Address Address;
|
| 1552 |
|
|
|
| 1553 |
|
|
Output_data_reloc(bool sr)
|
| 1554 |
|
|
: Output_data_reloc_base<elfcpp::SHT_REL, dynamic, size, big_endian>(sr)
|
| 1555 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1556 |
|
|
|
| 1557 |
|
|
// Add a reloc against a global symbol.
|
| 1558 |
|
|
|
| 1559 |
|
|
void
|
| 1560 |
|
|
add_global(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od, Address address)
|
| 1561 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, od, address, false, false)); }
|
| 1562 |
|
|
|
| 1563 |
|
|
void
|
| 1564 |
|
|
add_global(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1565 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1566 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address)
|
| 1567 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, relobj, shndx, address,
|
| 1568 |
|
|
false, false)); }
|
| 1569 |
|
|
|
| 1570 |
|
|
void
|
| 1571 |
166 |
khays |
add_global_generic(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1572 |
|
|
uint64_t address, uint64_t addend)
|
| 1573 |
27 |
khays |
{
|
| 1574 |
|
|
gold_assert(addend == 0);
|
| 1575 |
166 |
khays |
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, od,
|
| 1576 |
|
|
convert_types<Address, uint64_t>(address),
|
| 1577 |
|
|
false, false));
|
| 1578 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1579 |
|
|
|
| 1580 |
|
|
void
|
| 1581 |
166 |
khays |
add_global_generic(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1582 |
|
|
Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx, uint64_t address,
|
| 1583 |
|
|
uint64_t addend)
|
| 1584 |
27 |
khays |
{
|
| 1585 |
|
|
gold_assert(addend == 0);
|
| 1586 |
166 |
khays |
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* sized_relobj =
|
| 1587 |
|
|
static_cast<Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>*>(relobj);
|
| 1588 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, sized_relobj, shndx,
|
| 1589 |
|
|
convert_types<Address, uint64_t>(address),
|
| 1590 |
|
|
false, false));
|
| 1591 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1592 |
|
|
|
| 1593 |
|
|
// Add a RELATIVE reloc against a global symbol. The final relocation
|
| 1594 |
|
|
// will not reference the symbol.
|
| 1595 |
|
|
|
| 1596 |
|
|
void
|
| 1597 |
|
|
add_global_relative(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1598 |
|
|
Address address)
|
| 1599 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, od, address, true, true)); }
|
| 1600 |
|
|
|
| 1601 |
|
|
void
|
| 1602 |
|
|
add_global_relative(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1603 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1604 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address)
|
| 1605 |
|
|
{
|
| 1606 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, relobj, shndx, address,
|
| 1607 |
|
|
true, true));
|
| 1608 |
|
|
}
|
| 1609 |
|
|
|
| 1610 |
|
|
// Add a global relocation which does not use a symbol for the relocation,
|
| 1611 |
|
|
// but which gets its addend from a symbol.
|
| 1612 |
|
|
|
| 1613 |
|
|
void
|
| 1614 |
|
|
add_symbolless_global_addend(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type,
|
| 1615 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Address address)
|
| 1616 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, od, address, false, true)); }
|
| 1617 |
|
|
|
| 1618 |
|
|
void
|
| 1619 |
|
|
add_symbolless_global_addend(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type,
|
| 1620 |
|
|
Output_data* od,
|
| 1621 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1622 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address)
|
| 1623 |
|
|
{
|
| 1624 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, relobj, shndx, address,
|
| 1625 |
|
|
false, true));
|
| 1626 |
|
|
}
|
| 1627 |
|
|
|
| 1628 |
|
|
// Add a reloc against a local symbol.
|
| 1629 |
|
|
|
| 1630 |
|
|
void
|
| 1631 |
|
|
add_local(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1632 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1633 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Address address)
|
| 1634 |
|
|
{
|
| 1635 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, local_sym_index, type, od,
|
| 1636 |
163 |
khays |
address, false, false, false, false));
|
| 1637 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1638 |
|
|
|
| 1639 |
|
|
void
|
| 1640 |
|
|
add_local(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1641 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1642 |
|
|
Output_data* od, unsigned int shndx, Address address)
|
| 1643 |
|
|
{
|
| 1644 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, local_sym_index, type, shndx,
|
| 1645 |
163 |
khays |
address, false, false, false, false));
|
| 1646 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1647 |
|
|
|
| 1648 |
166 |
khays |
void
|
| 1649 |
|
|
add_local_generic(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int local_sym_index,
|
| 1650 |
|
|
unsigned int type, Output_data* od, uint64_t address,
|
| 1651 |
|
|
uint64_t addend)
|
| 1652 |
|
|
{
|
| 1653 |
|
|
gold_assert(addend == 0);
|
| 1654 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* sized_relobj =
|
| 1655 |
|
|
static_cast<Sized_relobj<size, big_endian> *>(relobj);
|
| 1656 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(sized_relobj, local_sym_index, type, od,
|
| 1657 |
|
|
convert_types<Address, uint64_t>(address),
|
| 1658 |
|
|
false, false, false, false));
|
| 1659 |
|
|
}
|
| 1660 |
|
|
|
| 1661 |
|
|
void
|
| 1662 |
|
|
add_local_generic(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int local_sym_index,
|
| 1663 |
|
|
unsigned int type, Output_data* od, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 1664 |
|
|
uint64_t address, uint64_t addend)
|
| 1665 |
|
|
{
|
| 1666 |
|
|
gold_assert(addend == 0);
|
| 1667 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* sized_relobj =
|
| 1668 |
|
|
static_cast<Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>*>(relobj);
|
| 1669 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(sized_relobj, local_sym_index, type, shndx,
|
| 1670 |
|
|
convert_types<Address, uint64_t>(address),
|
| 1671 |
|
|
false, false, false, false));
|
| 1672 |
|
|
}
|
| 1673 |
|
|
|
| 1674 |
27 |
khays |
// Add a RELATIVE reloc against a local symbol.
|
| 1675 |
|
|
|
| 1676 |
|
|
void
|
| 1677 |
|
|
add_local_relative(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1678 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1679 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Address address)
|
| 1680 |
|
|
{
|
| 1681 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, local_sym_index, type, od,
|
| 1682 |
163 |
khays |
address, true, true, false, false));
|
| 1683 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1684 |
|
|
|
| 1685 |
|
|
void
|
| 1686 |
|
|
add_local_relative(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1687 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1688 |
|
|
Output_data* od, unsigned int shndx, Address address)
|
| 1689 |
|
|
{
|
| 1690 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, local_sym_index, type, shndx,
|
| 1691 |
163 |
khays |
address, true, true, false, false));
|
| 1692 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1693 |
|
|
|
| 1694 |
|
|
// Add a local relocation which does not use a symbol for the relocation,
|
| 1695 |
|
|
// but which gets its addend from a symbol.
|
| 1696 |
|
|
|
| 1697 |
|
|
void
|
| 1698 |
|
|
add_symbolless_local_addend(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1699 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1700 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Address address)
|
| 1701 |
|
|
{
|
| 1702 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, local_sym_index, type, od,
|
| 1703 |
163 |
khays |
address, false, true, false, false));
|
| 1704 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1705 |
|
|
|
| 1706 |
|
|
void
|
| 1707 |
|
|
add_symbolless_local_addend(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1708 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1709 |
|
|
Output_data* od, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 1710 |
|
|
Address address)
|
| 1711 |
|
|
{
|
| 1712 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, local_sym_index, type, shndx,
|
| 1713 |
163 |
khays |
address, false, true, false, false));
|
| 1714 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1715 |
|
|
|
| 1716 |
|
|
// Add a reloc against a local section symbol. This will be
|
| 1717 |
|
|
// converted into a reloc against the STT_SECTION symbol of the
|
| 1718 |
|
|
// output section.
|
| 1719 |
|
|
|
| 1720 |
|
|
void
|
| 1721 |
|
|
add_local_section(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1722 |
|
|
unsigned int input_shndx, unsigned int type,
|
| 1723 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Address address)
|
| 1724 |
|
|
{
|
| 1725 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, input_shndx, type, od,
|
| 1726 |
163 |
khays |
address, false, false, true, false));
|
| 1727 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1728 |
|
|
|
| 1729 |
|
|
void
|
| 1730 |
|
|
add_local_section(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1731 |
|
|
unsigned int input_shndx, unsigned int type,
|
| 1732 |
|
|
Output_data* od, unsigned int shndx, Address address)
|
| 1733 |
|
|
{
|
| 1734 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, input_shndx, type, shndx,
|
| 1735 |
163 |
khays |
address, false, false, true, false));
|
| 1736 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1737 |
|
|
|
| 1738 |
|
|
// A reloc against the STT_SECTION symbol of an output section.
|
| 1739 |
|
|
// OS is the Output_section that the relocation refers to; OD is
|
| 1740 |
|
|
// the Output_data object being relocated.
|
| 1741 |
|
|
|
| 1742 |
|
|
void
|
| 1743 |
|
|
add_output_section(Output_section* os, unsigned int type,
|
| 1744 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Address address)
|
| 1745 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(os, type, od, address)); }
|
| 1746 |
|
|
|
| 1747 |
|
|
void
|
| 1748 |
|
|
add_output_section(Output_section* os, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1749 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1750 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address)
|
| 1751 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(os, type, relobj, shndx, address)); }
|
| 1752 |
|
|
|
| 1753 |
166 |
khays |
void
|
| 1754 |
|
|
add_output_section_generic(Output_section* os, unsigned int type,
|
| 1755 |
|
|
Output_data* od, uint64_t address,
|
| 1756 |
|
|
uint64_t addend)
|
| 1757 |
|
|
{
|
| 1758 |
|
|
gold_assert(addend == 0);
|
| 1759 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(os, type, od,
|
| 1760 |
|
|
convert_types<Address, uint64_t>(address)));
|
| 1761 |
|
|
}
|
| 1762 |
|
|
|
| 1763 |
|
|
void
|
| 1764 |
|
|
add_output_section_generic(Output_section* os, unsigned int type,
|
| 1765 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Relobj* relobj,
|
| 1766 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, uint64_t address,
|
| 1767 |
|
|
uint64_t addend)
|
| 1768 |
|
|
{
|
| 1769 |
|
|
gold_assert(addend == 0);
|
| 1770 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* sized_relobj =
|
| 1771 |
|
|
static_cast<Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>*>(relobj);
|
| 1772 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(os, type, sized_relobj, shndx,
|
| 1773 |
|
|
convert_types<Address, uint64_t>(address)));
|
| 1774 |
|
|
}
|
| 1775 |
|
|
|
| 1776 |
27 |
khays |
// Add an absolute relocation.
|
| 1777 |
|
|
|
| 1778 |
|
|
void
|
| 1779 |
|
|
add_absolute(unsigned int type, Output_data* od, Address address)
|
| 1780 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(type, od, address)); }
|
| 1781 |
|
|
|
| 1782 |
|
|
void
|
| 1783 |
|
|
add_absolute(unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1784 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1785 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address)
|
| 1786 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(type, relobj, shndx, address)); }
|
| 1787 |
|
|
|
| 1788 |
|
|
// Add a target specific relocation. A target which calls this must
|
| 1789 |
|
|
// define the reloc_symbol_index and reloc_addend virtual functions.
|
| 1790 |
|
|
|
| 1791 |
|
|
void
|
| 1792 |
|
|
add_target_specific(unsigned int type, void* arg, Output_data* od,
|
| 1793 |
|
|
Address address)
|
| 1794 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(type, arg, od, address)); }
|
| 1795 |
|
|
|
| 1796 |
|
|
void
|
| 1797 |
|
|
add_target_specific(unsigned int type, void* arg, Output_data* od,
|
| 1798 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1799 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address)
|
| 1800 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(type, arg, relobj, shndx, address)); }
|
| 1801 |
|
|
};
|
| 1802 |
|
|
|
| 1803 |
|
|
// The SHT_RELA version of Output_data_reloc.
|
| 1804 |
|
|
|
| 1805 |
|
|
template<bool dynamic, int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 1806 |
|
|
class Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, dynamic, size, big_endian>
|
| 1807 |
|
|
: public Output_data_reloc_base<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, dynamic, size, big_endian>
|
| 1808 |
|
|
{
|
| 1809 |
|
|
private:
|
| 1810 |
|
|
typedef Output_data_reloc_base<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, dynamic, size,
|
| 1811 |
|
|
big_endian> Base;
|
| 1812 |
|
|
|
| 1813 |
|
|
public:
|
| 1814 |
|
|
typedef typename Base::Output_reloc_type Output_reloc_type;
|
| 1815 |
|
|
typedef typename Output_reloc_type::Address Address;
|
| 1816 |
|
|
typedef typename Output_reloc_type::Addend Addend;
|
| 1817 |
|
|
|
| 1818 |
|
|
Output_data_reloc(bool sr)
|
| 1819 |
|
|
: Output_data_reloc_base<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, dynamic, size, big_endian>(sr)
|
| 1820 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 1821 |
|
|
|
| 1822 |
|
|
// Add a reloc against a global symbol.
|
| 1823 |
|
|
|
| 1824 |
|
|
void
|
| 1825 |
|
|
add_global(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1826 |
|
|
Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1827 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, od, address, addend,
|
| 1828 |
|
|
false, false)); }
|
| 1829 |
|
|
|
| 1830 |
|
|
void
|
| 1831 |
|
|
add_global(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1832 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1833 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address,
|
| 1834 |
|
|
Addend addend)
|
| 1835 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, relobj, shndx, address,
|
| 1836 |
|
|
addend, false, false)); }
|
| 1837 |
|
|
|
| 1838 |
166 |
khays |
void
|
| 1839 |
|
|
add_global_generic(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1840 |
|
|
uint64_t address, uint64_t addend)
|
| 1841 |
|
|
{
|
| 1842 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, od,
|
| 1843 |
|
|
convert_types<Address, uint64_t>(address),
|
| 1844 |
|
|
convert_types<Addend, uint64_t>(addend),
|
| 1845 |
|
|
false, false));
|
| 1846 |
|
|
}
|
| 1847 |
|
|
|
| 1848 |
|
|
void
|
| 1849 |
|
|
add_global_generic(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1850 |
|
|
Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx, uint64_t address,
|
| 1851 |
|
|
uint64_t addend)
|
| 1852 |
|
|
{
|
| 1853 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* sized_relobj =
|
| 1854 |
|
|
static_cast<Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>*>(relobj);
|
| 1855 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, sized_relobj, shndx,
|
| 1856 |
|
|
convert_types<Address, uint64_t>(address),
|
| 1857 |
|
|
convert_types<Addend, uint64_t>(addend),
|
| 1858 |
|
|
false, false));
|
| 1859 |
|
|
}
|
| 1860 |
|
|
|
| 1861 |
27 |
khays |
// Add a RELATIVE reloc against a global symbol. The final output
|
| 1862 |
|
|
// relocation will not reference the symbol, but we must keep the symbol
|
| 1863 |
|
|
// information long enough to set the addend of the relocation correctly
|
| 1864 |
|
|
// when it is written.
|
| 1865 |
|
|
|
| 1866 |
|
|
void
|
| 1867 |
|
|
add_global_relative(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1868 |
|
|
Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1869 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, od, address, addend, true,
|
| 1870 |
|
|
true)); }
|
| 1871 |
|
|
|
| 1872 |
|
|
void
|
| 1873 |
|
|
add_global_relative(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1874 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1875 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1876 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, relobj, shndx, address,
|
| 1877 |
|
|
addend, true, true)); }
|
| 1878 |
|
|
|
| 1879 |
|
|
// Add a global relocation which does not use a symbol for the relocation,
|
| 1880 |
|
|
// but which gets its addend from a symbol.
|
| 1881 |
|
|
|
| 1882 |
|
|
void
|
| 1883 |
|
|
add_symbolless_global_addend(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 1884 |
|
|
Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1885 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, od, address, addend,
|
| 1886 |
|
|
false, true)); }
|
| 1887 |
|
|
|
| 1888 |
|
|
void
|
| 1889 |
|
|
add_symbolless_global_addend(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int type,
|
| 1890 |
|
|
Output_data* od,
|
| 1891 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1892 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1893 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(gsym, type, relobj, shndx, address,
|
| 1894 |
|
|
addend, false, true)); }
|
| 1895 |
|
|
|
| 1896 |
|
|
// Add a reloc against a local symbol.
|
| 1897 |
|
|
|
| 1898 |
|
|
void
|
| 1899 |
|
|
add_local(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1900 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1901 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1902 |
|
|
{
|
| 1903 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, local_sym_index, type, od, address,
|
| 1904 |
163 |
khays |
addend, false, false, false, false));
|
| 1905 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1906 |
|
|
|
| 1907 |
|
|
void
|
| 1908 |
|
|
add_local(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1909 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1910 |
|
|
Output_data* od, unsigned int shndx, Address address,
|
| 1911 |
|
|
Addend addend)
|
| 1912 |
|
|
{
|
| 1913 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, local_sym_index, type, shndx,
|
| 1914 |
163 |
khays |
address, addend, false, false, false,
|
| 1915 |
|
|
false));
|
| 1916 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1917 |
|
|
|
| 1918 |
166 |
khays |
void
|
| 1919 |
|
|
add_local_generic(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int local_sym_index,
|
| 1920 |
|
|
unsigned int type, Output_data* od, uint64_t address,
|
| 1921 |
|
|
uint64_t addend)
|
| 1922 |
|
|
{
|
| 1923 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* sized_relobj =
|
| 1924 |
|
|
static_cast<Sized_relobj<size, big_endian> *>(relobj);
|
| 1925 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(sized_relobj, local_sym_index, type, od,
|
| 1926 |
|
|
convert_types<Address, uint64_t>(address),
|
| 1927 |
|
|
convert_types<Addend, uint64_t>(addend),
|
| 1928 |
|
|
false, false, false, false));
|
| 1929 |
|
|
}
|
| 1930 |
|
|
|
| 1931 |
|
|
void
|
| 1932 |
|
|
add_local_generic(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int local_sym_index,
|
| 1933 |
|
|
unsigned int type, Output_data* od, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 1934 |
|
|
uint64_t address, uint64_t addend)
|
| 1935 |
|
|
{
|
| 1936 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* sized_relobj =
|
| 1937 |
|
|
static_cast<Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>*>(relobj);
|
| 1938 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(sized_relobj, local_sym_index, type, shndx,
|
| 1939 |
|
|
convert_types<Address, uint64_t>(address),
|
| 1940 |
|
|
convert_types<Addend, uint64_t>(addend),
|
| 1941 |
|
|
false, false, false, false));
|
| 1942 |
|
|
}
|
| 1943 |
|
|
|
| 1944 |
27 |
khays |
// Add a RELATIVE reloc against a local symbol.
|
| 1945 |
|
|
|
| 1946 |
|
|
void
|
| 1947 |
|
|
add_local_relative(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1948 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1949 |
163 |
khays |
Output_data* od, Address address, Addend addend,
|
| 1950 |
|
|
bool use_plt_offset)
|
| 1951 |
27 |
khays |
{
|
| 1952 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, local_sym_index, type, od, address,
|
| 1953 |
163 |
khays |
addend, true, true, false,
|
| 1954 |
|
|
use_plt_offset));
|
| 1955 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1956 |
|
|
|
| 1957 |
|
|
void
|
| 1958 |
|
|
add_local_relative(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1959 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1960 |
|
|
Output_data* od, unsigned int shndx, Address address,
|
| 1961 |
163 |
khays |
Addend addend, bool use_plt_offset)
|
| 1962 |
27 |
khays |
{
|
| 1963 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, local_sym_index, type, shndx,
|
| 1964 |
163 |
khays |
address, addend, true, true, false,
|
| 1965 |
|
|
use_plt_offset));
|
| 1966 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1967 |
|
|
|
| 1968 |
|
|
// Add a local relocation which does not use a symbol for the relocation,
|
| 1969 |
|
|
// but which gets it's addend from a symbol.
|
| 1970 |
|
|
|
| 1971 |
|
|
void
|
| 1972 |
|
|
add_symbolless_local_addend(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1973 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1974 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1975 |
|
|
{
|
| 1976 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, local_sym_index, type, od, address,
|
| 1977 |
163 |
khays |
addend, false, true, false, false));
|
| 1978 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1979 |
|
|
|
| 1980 |
|
|
void
|
| 1981 |
|
|
add_symbolless_local_addend(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1982 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index, unsigned int type,
|
| 1983 |
|
|
Output_data* od, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 1984 |
|
|
Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1985 |
|
|
{
|
| 1986 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, local_sym_index, type, shndx,
|
| 1987 |
163 |
khays |
address, addend, false, true, false,
|
| 1988 |
|
|
false));
|
| 1989 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 1990 |
|
|
|
| 1991 |
|
|
// Add a reloc against a local section symbol. This will be
|
| 1992 |
|
|
// converted into a reloc against the STT_SECTION symbol of the
|
| 1993 |
|
|
// output section.
|
| 1994 |
|
|
|
| 1995 |
|
|
void
|
| 1996 |
|
|
add_local_section(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 1997 |
|
|
unsigned int input_shndx, unsigned int type,
|
| 1998 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 1999 |
|
|
{
|
| 2000 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, input_shndx, type, od, address,
|
| 2001 |
163 |
khays |
addend, false, false, true, false));
|
| 2002 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 2003 |
|
|
|
| 2004 |
|
|
void
|
| 2005 |
|
|
add_local_section(Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 2006 |
|
|
unsigned int input_shndx, unsigned int type,
|
| 2007 |
|
|
Output_data* od, unsigned int shndx, Address address,
|
| 2008 |
|
|
Addend addend)
|
| 2009 |
|
|
{
|
| 2010 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(relobj, input_shndx, type, shndx,
|
| 2011 |
163 |
khays |
address, addend, false, false, true,
|
| 2012 |
|
|
false));
|
| 2013 |
27 |
khays |
}
|
| 2014 |
|
|
|
| 2015 |
|
|
// A reloc against the STT_SECTION symbol of an output section.
|
| 2016 |
|
|
|
| 2017 |
|
|
void
|
| 2018 |
|
|
add_output_section(Output_section* os, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 2019 |
|
|
Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 2020 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(os, type, od, address, addend)); }
|
| 2021 |
|
|
|
| 2022 |
|
|
void
|
| 2023 |
|
|
add_output_section(Output_section* os, unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 2024 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 2025 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 2026 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(os, type, relobj, shndx, address,
|
| 2027 |
|
|
addend)); }
|
| 2028 |
|
|
|
| 2029 |
166 |
khays |
void
|
| 2030 |
|
|
add_output_section_generic(Output_section* os, unsigned int type,
|
| 2031 |
|
|
Output_data* od, uint64_t address,
|
| 2032 |
|
|
uint64_t addend)
|
| 2033 |
|
|
{
|
| 2034 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(os, type, od,
|
| 2035 |
|
|
convert_types<Address, uint64_t>(address),
|
| 2036 |
|
|
convert_types<Addend, uint64_t>(addend)));
|
| 2037 |
|
|
}
|
| 2038 |
|
|
|
| 2039 |
|
|
void
|
| 2040 |
|
|
add_output_section_generic(Output_section* os, unsigned int type,
|
| 2041 |
|
|
Output_data* od, Relobj* relobj,
|
| 2042 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, uint64_t address,
|
| 2043 |
|
|
uint64_t addend)
|
| 2044 |
|
|
{
|
| 2045 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* sized_relobj =
|
| 2046 |
|
|
static_cast<Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>*>(relobj);
|
| 2047 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(os, type, sized_relobj, shndx,
|
| 2048 |
|
|
convert_types<Address, uint64_t>(address),
|
| 2049 |
|
|
convert_types<Addend, uint64_t>(addend)));
|
| 2050 |
|
|
}
|
| 2051 |
|
|
|
| 2052 |
27 |
khays |
// Add an absolute relocation.
|
| 2053 |
|
|
|
| 2054 |
|
|
void
|
| 2055 |
|
|
add_absolute(unsigned int type, Output_data* od, Address address,
|
| 2056 |
|
|
Addend addend)
|
| 2057 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(type, od, address, addend)); }
|
| 2058 |
|
|
|
| 2059 |
|
|
void
|
| 2060 |
|
|
add_absolute(unsigned int type, Output_data* od,
|
| 2061 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 2062 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 2063 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(type, relobj, shndx, address, addend)); }
|
| 2064 |
|
|
|
| 2065 |
|
|
// Add a target specific relocation. A target which calls this must
|
| 2066 |
|
|
// define the reloc_symbol_index and reloc_addend virtual functions.
|
| 2067 |
|
|
|
| 2068 |
|
|
void
|
| 2069 |
|
|
add_target_specific(unsigned int type, void* arg, Output_data* od,
|
| 2070 |
|
|
Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 2071 |
|
|
{ this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(type, arg, od, address, addend)); }
|
| 2072 |
|
|
|
| 2073 |
|
|
void
|
| 2074 |
|
|
add_target_specific(unsigned int type, void* arg, Output_data* od,
|
| 2075 |
|
|
Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 2076 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, Address address, Addend addend)
|
| 2077 |
|
|
{
|
| 2078 |
|
|
this->add(od, Output_reloc_type(type, arg, relobj, shndx, address,
|
| 2079 |
|
|
addend));
|
| 2080 |
|
|
}
|
| 2081 |
|
|
};
|
| 2082 |
|
|
|
| 2083 |
|
|
// Output_relocatable_relocs represents a relocation section in a
|
| 2084 |
|
|
// relocatable link. The actual data is written out in the target
|
| 2085 |
|
|
// hook relocate_for_relocatable. This just saves space for it.
|
| 2086 |
|
|
|
| 2087 |
|
|
template<int sh_type, int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 2088 |
|
|
class Output_relocatable_relocs : public Output_section_data
|
| 2089 |
|
|
{
|
| 2090 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2091 |
|
|
Output_relocatable_relocs(Relocatable_relocs* rr)
|
| 2092 |
|
|
: Output_section_data(Output_data::default_alignment_for_size(size)),
|
| 2093 |
|
|
rr_(rr)
|
| 2094 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2095 |
|
|
|
| 2096 |
|
|
void
|
| 2097 |
|
|
set_final_data_size();
|
| 2098 |
|
|
|
| 2099 |
|
|
// Write out the data. There is nothing to do here.
|
| 2100 |
|
|
void
|
| 2101 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*)
|
| 2102 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2103 |
|
|
|
| 2104 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 2105 |
|
|
void
|
| 2106 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 2107 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** relocs")); }
|
| 2108 |
|
|
|
| 2109 |
|
|
private:
|
| 2110 |
|
|
// The relocs associated with this input section.
|
| 2111 |
|
|
Relocatable_relocs* rr_;
|
| 2112 |
|
|
};
|
| 2113 |
|
|
|
| 2114 |
|
|
// Handle a GROUP section.
|
| 2115 |
|
|
|
| 2116 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 2117 |
|
|
class Output_data_group : public Output_section_data
|
| 2118 |
|
|
{
|
| 2119 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2120 |
|
|
// The constructor clears *INPUT_SHNDXES.
|
| 2121 |
|
|
Output_data_group(Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* relobj,
|
| 2122 |
|
|
section_size_type entry_count,
|
| 2123 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Word flags,
|
| 2124 |
|
|
std::vector<unsigned int>* input_shndxes);
|
| 2125 |
|
|
|
| 2126 |
|
|
void
|
| 2127 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
| 2128 |
|
|
|
| 2129 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 2130 |
|
|
void
|
| 2131 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 2132 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** group")); }
|
| 2133 |
|
|
|
| 2134 |
|
|
// Set final data size.
|
| 2135 |
|
|
void
|
| 2136 |
|
|
set_final_data_size()
|
| 2137 |
|
|
{ this->set_data_size((this->input_shndxes_.size() + 1) * 4); }
|
| 2138 |
|
|
|
| 2139 |
|
|
private:
|
| 2140 |
|
|
// The input object.
|
| 2141 |
|
|
Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* relobj_;
|
| 2142 |
|
|
// The group flag word.
|
| 2143 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Word flags_;
|
| 2144 |
|
|
// The section indexes of the input sections in this group.
|
| 2145 |
|
|
std::vector<unsigned int> input_shndxes_;
|
| 2146 |
|
|
};
|
| 2147 |
|
|
|
| 2148 |
|
|
// Output_data_got is used to manage a GOT. Each entry in the GOT is
|
| 2149 |
|
|
// for one symbol--either a global symbol or a local symbol in an
|
| 2150 |
|
|
// object. The target specific code adds entries to the GOT as
|
| 2151 |
166 |
khays |
// needed. The GOT_SIZE template parameter is the size in bits of a
|
| 2152 |
|
|
// GOT entry, typically 32 or 64.
|
| 2153 |
27 |
khays |
|
| 2154 |
166 |
khays |
class Output_data_got_base : public Output_section_data_build
|
| 2155 |
27 |
khays |
{
|
| 2156 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2157 |
166 |
khays |
Output_data_got_base(uint64_t align)
|
| 2158 |
|
|
: Output_section_data_build(align)
|
| 2159 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2160 |
27 |
khays |
|
| 2161 |
166 |
khays |
Output_data_got_base(off_t data_size, uint64_t align)
|
| 2162 |
|
|
: Output_section_data_build(data_size, align)
|
| 2163 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2164 |
|
|
|
| 2165 |
|
|
// Reserve the slot at index I in the GOT.
|
| 2166 |
|
|
void
|
| 2167 |
|
|
reserve_slot(unsigned int i)
|
| 2168 |
|
|
{ this->do_reserve_slot(i); }
|
| 2169 |
|
|
|
| 2170 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 2171 |
|
|
// Reserve the slot at index I in the GOT.
|
| 2172 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 2173 |
|
|
do_reserve_slot(unsigned int i) = 0;
|
| 2174 |
|
|
};
|
| 2175 |
|
|
|
| 2176 |
|
|
template<int got_size, bool big_endian>
|
| 2177 |
|
|
class Output_data_got : public Output_data_got_base
|
| 2178 |
|
|
{
|
| 2179 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2180 |
|
|
typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<got_size>::Elf_Addr Valtype;
|
| 2181 |
|
|
|
| 2182 |
27 |
khays |
Output_data_got()
|
| 2183 |
166 |
khays |
: Output_data_got_base(Output_data::default_alignment_for_size(got_size)),
|
| 2184 |
27 |
khays |
entries_(), free_list_()
|
| 2185 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2186 |
|
|
|
| 2187 |
|
|
Output_data_got(off_t data_size)
|
| 2188 |
166 |
khays |
: Output_data_got_base(data_size,
|
| 2189 |
|
|
Output_data::default_alignment_for_size(got_size)),
|
| 2190 |
27 |
khays |
entries_(), free_list_()
|
| 2191 |
|
|
{
|
| 2192 |
|
|
// For an incremental update, we have an existing GOT section.
|
| 2193 |
|
|
// Initialize the list of entries and the free list.
|
| 2194 |
166 |
khays |
this->entries_.resize(data_size / (got_size / 8));
|
| 2195 |
27 |
khays |
this->free_list_.init(data_size, false);
|
| 2196 |
|
|
}
|
| 2197 |
|
|
|
| 2198 |
|
|
// Add an entry for a global symbol to the GOT. Return true if this
|
| 2199 |
|
|
// is a new GOT entry, false if the symbol was already in the GOT.
|
| 2200 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2201 |
|
|
add_global(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int got_type);
|
| 2202 |
|
|
|
| 2203 |
|
|
// Like add_global, but use the PLT offset of the global symbol if
|
| 2204 |
|
|
// it has one.
|
| 2205 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2206 |
|
|
add_global_plt(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int got_type);
|
| 2207 |
|
|
|
| 2208 |
|
|
// Add an entry for a global symbol to the GOT, and add a dynamic
|
| 2209 |
|
|
// relocation of type R_TYPE for the GOT entry.
|
| 2210 |
|
|
void
|
| 2211 |
|
|
add_global_with_rel(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int got_type,
|
| 2212 |
166 |
khays |
Output_data_reloc_generic* rel_dyn, unsigned int r_type);
|
| 2213 |
27 |
khays |
|
| 2214 |
|
|
// Add a pair of entries for a global symbol to the GOT, and add
|
| 2215 |
|
|
// dynamic relocations of type R_TYPE_1 and R_TYPE_2, respectively.
|
| 2216 |
|
|
void
|
| 2217 |
|
|
add_global_pair_with_rel(Symbol* gsym, unsigned int got_type,
|
| 2218 |
166 |
khays |
Output_data_reloc_generic* rel_dyn,
|
| 2219 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type_1, unsigned int r_type_2);
|
| 2220 |
27 |
khays |
|
| 2221 |
|
|
// Add an entry for a local symbol to the GOT. This returns true if
|
| 2222 |
|
|
// this is a new GOT entry, false if the symbol already has a GOT
|
| 2223 |
|
|
// entry.
|
| 2224 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2225 |
166 |
khays |
add_local(Relobj* object, unsigned int sym_index, unsigned int got_type);
|
| 2226 |
27 |
khays |
|
| 2227 |
|
|
// Like add_local, but use the PLT offset of the local symbol if it
|
| 2228 |
|
|
// has one.
|
| 2229 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2230 |
166 |
khays |
add_local_plt(Relobj* object, unsigned int sym_index, unsigned int got_type);
|
| 2231 |
27 |
khays |
|
| 2232 |
|
|
// Add an entry for a local symbol to the GOT, and add a dynamic
|
| 2233 |
|
|
// relocation of type R_TYPE for the GOT entry.
|
| 2234 |
|
|
void
|
| 2235 |
166 |
khays |
add_local_with_rel(Relobj* object, unsigned int sym_index,
|
| 2236 |
|
|
unsigned int got_type, Output_data_reloc_generic* rel_dyn,
|
| 2237 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type);
|
| 2238 |
27 |
khays |
|
| 2239 |
|
|
// Add a pair of entries for a local symbol to the GOT, and add
|
| 2240 |
|
|
// dynamic relocations of type R_TYPE_1 and R_TYPE_2, respectively.
|
| 2241 |
|
|
void
|
| 2242 |
166 |
khays |
add_local_pair_with_rel(Relobj* object, unsigned int sym_index,
|
| 2243 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, unsigned int got_type,
|
| 2244 |
|
|
Output_data_reloc_generic* rel_dyn,
|
| 2245 |
27 |
khays |
unsigned int r_type_1, unsigned int r_type_2);
|
| 2246 |
|
|
|
| 2247 |
|
|
// Add a constant to the GOT. This returns the offset of the new
|
| 2248 |
|
|
// entry from the start of the GOT.
|
| 2249 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 2250 |
|
|
add_constant(Valtype constant)
|
| 2251 |
|
|
{
|
| 2252 |
|
|
unsigned int got_offset = this->add_got_entry(Got_entry(constant));
|
| 2253 |
|
|
return got_offset;
|
| 2254 |
|
|
}
|
| 2255 |
|
|
|
| 2256 |
|
|
// Reserve a slot in the GOT for a local symbol.
|
| 2257 |
|
|
void
|
| 2258 |
166 |
khays |
reserve_local(unsigned int i, Relobj* object, unsigned int sym_index,
|
| 2259 |
|
|
unsigned int got_type);
|
| 2260 |
27 |
khays |
|
| 2261 |
|
|
// Reserve a slot in the GOT for a global symbol.
|
| 2262 |
|
|
void
|
| 2263 |
|
|
reserve_global(unsigned int i, Symbol* gsym, unsigned int got_type);
|
| 2264 |
|
|
|
| 2265 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 2266 |
|
|
// Write out the GOT table.
|
| 2267 |
|
|
void
|
| 2268 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
| 2269 |
|
|
|
| 2270 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 2271 |
|
|
void
|
| 2272 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 2273 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** GOT")); }
|
| 2274 |
|
|
|
| 2275 |
166 |
khays |
// Reserve the slot at index I in the GOT.
|
| 2276 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 2277 |
|
|
do_reserve_slot(unsigned int i)
|
| 2278 |
|
|
{ this->free_list_.remove(i * got_size / 8, (i + 1) * got_size / 8); }
|
| 2279 |
|
|
|
| 2280 |
27 |
khays |
private:
|
| 2281 |
|
|
// This POD class holds a single GOT entry.
|
| 2282 |
|
|
class Got_entry
|
| 2283 |
|
|
{
|
| 2284 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2285 |
|
|
// Create a zero entry.
|
| 2286 |
|
|
Got_entry()
|
| 2287 |
|
|
: local_sym_index_(RESERVED_CODE), use_plt_offset_(false)
|
| 2288 |
|
|
{ this->u_.constant = 0; }
|
| 2289 |
|
|
|
| 2290 |
|
|
// Create a global symbol entry.
|
| 2291 |
|
|
Got_entry(Symbol* gsym, bool use_plt_offset)
|
| 2292 |
|
|
: local_sym_index_(GSYM_CODE), use_plt_offset_(use_plt_offset)
|
| 2293 |
|
|
{ this->u_.gsym = gsym; }
|
| 2294 |
|
|
|
| 2295 |
|
|
// Create a local symbol entry.
|
| 2296 |
166 |
khays |
Got_entry(Relobj* object, unsigned int local_sym_index,
|
| 2297 |
|
|
bool use_plt_offset)
|
| 2298 |
27 |
khays |
: local_sym_index_(local_sym_index), use_plt_offset_(use_plt_offset)
|
| 2299 |
|
|
{
|
| 2300 |
|
|
gold_assert(local_sym_index != GSYM_CODE
|
| 2301 |
|
|
&& local_sym_index != CONSTANT_CODE
|
| 2302 |
|
|
&& local_sym_index != RESERVED_CODE
|
| 2303 |
|
|
&& local_sym_index == this->local_sym_index_);
|
| 2304 |
|
|
this->u_.object = object;
|
| 2305 |
|
|
}
|
| 2306 |
|
|
|
| 2307 |
|
|
// Create a constant entry. The constant is a host value--it will
|
| 2308 |
|
|
// be swapped, if necessary, when it is written out.
|
| 2309 |
|
|
explicit Got_entry(Valtype constant)
|
| 2310 |
|
|
: local_sym_index_(CONSTANT_CODE), use_plt_offset_(false)
|
| 2311 |
|
|
{ this->u_.constant = constant; }
|
| 2312 |
|
|
|
| 2313 |
|
|
// Write the GOT entry to an output view.
|
| 2314 |
|
|
void
|
| 2315 |
|
|
write(unsigned char* pov) const;
|
| 2316 |
|
|
|
| 2317 |
|
|
private:
|
| 2318 |
|
|
enum
|
| 2319 |
|
|
{
|
| 2320 |
|
|
GSYM_CODE = 0x7fffffff,
|
| 2321 |
|
|
CONSTANT_CODE = 0x7ffffffe,
|
| 2322 |
|
|
RESERVED_CODE = 0x7ffffffd
|
| 2323 |
|
|
};
|
| 2324 |
|
|
|
| 2325 |
|
|
union
|
| 2326 |
|
|
{
|
| 2327 |
|
|
// For a local symbol, the object.
|
| 2328 |
166 |
khays |
Relobj* object;
|
| 2329 |
27 |
khays |
// For a global symbol, the symbol.
|
| 2330 |
|
|
Symbol* gsym;
|
| 2331 |
|
|
// For a constant, the constant.
|
| 2332 |
|
|
Valtype constant;
|
| 2333 |
|
|
} u_;
|
| 2334 |
|
|
// For a local symbol, the local symbol index. This is GSYM_CODE
|
| 2335 |
|
|
// for a global symbol, or CONSTANT_CODE for a constant.
|
| 2336 |
|
|
unsigned int local_sym_index_ : 31;
|
| 2337 |
|
|
// Whether to use the PLT offset of the symbol if it has one.
|
| 2338 |
|
|
bool use_plt_offset_ : 1;
|
| 2339 |
|
|
};
|
| 2340 |
|
|
|
| 2341 |
|
|
typedef std::vector<Got_entry> Got_entries;
|
| 2342 |
|
|
|
| 2343 |
|
|
// Create a new GOT entry and return its offset.
|
| 2344 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 2345 |
|
|
add_got_entry(Got_entry got_entry);
|
| 2346 |
|
|
|
| 2347 |
|
|
// Create a pair of new GOT entries and return the offset of the first.
|
| 2348 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 2349 |
|
|
add_got_entry_pair(Got_entry got_entry_1, Got_entry got_entry_2);
|
| 2350 |
|
|
|
| 2351 |
|
|
// Return the offset into the GOT of GOT entry I.
|
| 2352 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 2353 |
|
|
got_offset(unsigned int i) const
|
| 2354 |
166 |
khays |
{ return i * (got_size / 8); }
|
| 2355 |
27 |
khays |
|
| 2356 |
|
|
// Return the offset into the GOT of the last entry added.
|
| 2357 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 2358 |
|
|
last_got_offset() const
|
| 2359 |
|
|
{ return this->got_offset(this->entries_.size() - 1); }
|
| 2360 |
|
|
|
| 2361 |
|
|
// Set the size of the section.
|
| 2362 |
|
|
void
|
| 2363 |
|
|
set_got_size()
|
| 2364 |
|
|
{ this->set_current_data_size(this->got_offset(this->entries_.size())); }
|
| 2365 |
|
|
|
| 2366 |
|
|
// The list of GOT entries.
|
| 2367 |
|
|
Got_entries entries_;
|
| 2368 |
|
|
|
| 2369 |
|
|
// List of available regions within the section, for incremental
|
| 2370 |
|
|
// update links.
|
| 2371 |
|
|
Free_list free_list_;
|
| 2372 |
|
|
};
|
| 2373 |
|
|
|
| 2374 |
|
|
// Output_data_dynamic is used to hold the data in SHT_DYNAMIC
|
| 2375 |
|
|
// section.
|
| 2376 |
|
|
|
| 2377 |
|
|
class Output_data_dynamic : public Output_section_data
|
| 2378 |
|
|
{
|
| 2379 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2380 |
|
|
Output_data_dynamic(Stringpool* pool)
|
| 2381 |
|
|
: Output_section_data(Output_data::default_alignment()),
|
| 2382 |
|
|
entries_(), pool_(pool)
|
| 2383 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2384 |
|
|
|
| 2385 |
|
|
// Add a new dynamic entry with a fixed numeric value.
|
| 2386 |
|
|
void
|
| 2387 |
|
|
add_constant(elfcpp::DT tag, unsigned int val)
|
| 2388 |
|
|
{ this->add_entry(Dynamic_entry(tag, val)); }
|
| 2389 |
|
|
|
| 2390 |
|
|
// Add a new dynamic entry with the address of output data.
|
| 2391 |
|
|
void
|
| 2392 |
|
|
add_section_address(elfcpp::DT tag, const Output_data* od)
|
| 2393 |
|
|
{ this->add_entry(Dynamic_entry(tag, od, false)); }
|
| 2394 |
|
|
|
| 2395 |
|
|
// Add a new dynamic entry with the address of output data
|
| 2396 |
|
|
// plus a constant offset.
|
| 2397 |
|
|
void
|
| 2398 |
|
|
add_section_plus_offset(elfcpp::DT tag, const Output_data* od,
|
| 2399 |
|
|
unsigned int offset)
|
| 2400 |
|
|
{ this->add_entry(Dynamic_entry(tag, od, offset)); }
|
| 2401 |
|
|
|
| 2402 |
|
|
// Add a new dynamic entry with the size of output data.
|
| 2403 |
|
|
void
|
| 2404 |
|
|
add_section_size(elfcpp::DT tag, const Output_data* od)
|
| 2405 |
|
|
{ this->add_entry(Dynamic_entry(tag, od, true)); }
|
| 2406 |
|
|
|
| 2407 |
|
|
// Add a new dynamic entry with the total size of two output datas.
|
| 2408 |
|
|
void
|
| 2409 |
|
|
add_section_size(elfcpp::DT tag, const Output_data* od,
|
| 2410 |
|
|
const Output_data* od2)
|
| 2411 |
|
|
{ this->add_entry(Dynamic_entry(tag, od, od2)); }
|
| 2412 |
|
|
|
| 2413 |
|
|
// Add a new dynamic entry with the address of a symbol.
|
| 2414 |
|
|
void
|
| 2415 |
|
|
add_symbol(elfcpp::DT tag, const Symbol* sym)
|
| 2416 |
|
|
{ this->add_entry(Dynamic_entry(tag, sym)); }
|
| 2417 |
|
|
|
| 2418 |
|
|
// Add a new dynamic entry with a string.
|
| 2419 |
|
|
void
|
| 2420 |
|
|
add_string(elfcpp::DT tag, const char* str)
|
| 2421 |
|
|
{ this->add_entry(Dynamic_entry(tag, this->pool_->add(str, true, NULL))); }
|
| 2422 |
|
|
|
| 2423 |
|
|
void
|
| 2424 |
|
|
add_string(elfcpp::DT tag, const std::string& str)
|
| 2425 |
|
|
{ this->add_string(tag, str.c_str()); }
|
| 2426 |
|
|
|
| 2427 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 2428 |
|
|
// Adjust the output section to set the entry size.
|
| 2429 |
|
|
void
|
| 2430 |
|
|
do_adjust_output_section(Output_section*);
|
| 2431 |
|
|
|
| 2432 |
|
|
// Set the final data size.
|
| 2433 |
|
|
void
|
| 2434 |
|
|
set_final_data_size();
|
| 2435 |
|
|
|
| 2436 |
|
|
// Write out the dynamic entries.
|
| 2437 |
|
|
void
|
| 2438 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
| 2439 |
|
|
|
| 2440 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 2441 |
|
|
void
|
| 2442 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 2443 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** dynamic")); }
|
| 2444 |
|
|
|
| 2445 |
|
|
private:
|
| 2446 |
|
|
// This POD class holds a single dynamic entry.
|
| 2447 |
|
|
class Dynamic_entry
|
| 2448 |
|
|
{
|
| 2449 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2450 |
|
|
// Create an entry with a fixed numeric value.
|
| 2451 |
|
|
Dynamic_entry(elfcpp::DT tag, unsigned int val)
|
| 2452 |
|
|
: tag_(tag), offset_(DYNAMIC_NUMBER)
|
| 2453 |
|
|
{ this->u_.val = val; }
|
| 2454 |
|
|
|
| 2455 |
|
|
// Create an entry with the size or address of a section.
|
| 2456 |
|
|
Dynamic_entry(elfcpp::DT tag, const Output_data* od, bool section_size)
|
| 2457 |
|
|
: tag_(tag),
|
| 2458 |
|
|
offset_(section_size
|
| 2459 |
|
|
? DYNAMIC_SECTION_SIZE
|
| 2460 |
|
|
: DYNAMIC_SECTION_ADDRESS)
|
| 2461 |
|
|
{
|
| 2462 |
|
|
this->u_.od = od;
|
| 2463 |
|
|
this->od2 = NULL;
|
| 2464 |
|
|
}
|
| 2465 |
|
|
|
| 2466 |
|
|
// Create an entry with the size of two sections.
|
| 2467 |
|
|
Dynamic_entry(elfcpp::DT tag, const Output_data* od, const Output_data* od2)
|
| 2468 |
|
|
: tag_(tag),
|
| 2469 |
|
|
offset_(DYNAMIC_SECTION_SIZE)
|
| 2470 |
|
|
{
|
| 2471 |
|
|
this->u_.od = od;
|
| 2472 |
|
|
this->od2 = od2;
|
| 2473 |
|
|
}
|
| 2474 |
|
|
|
| 2475 |
|
|
// Create an entry with the address of a section plus a constant offset.
|
| 2476 |
|
|
Dynamic_entry(elfcpp::DT tag, const Output_data* od, unsigned int offset)
|
| 2477 |
|
|
: tag_(tag),
|
| 2478 |
|
|
offset_(offset)
|
| 2479 |
|
|
{ this->u_.od = od; }
|
| 2480 |
|
|
|
| 2481 |
|
|
// Create an entry with the address of a symbol.
|
| 2482 |
|
|
Dynamic_entry(elfcpp::DT tag, const Symbol* sym)
|
| 2483 |
|
|
: tag_(tag), offset_(DYNAMIC_SYMBOL)
|
| 2484 |
|
|
{ this->u_.sym = sym; }
|
| 2485 |
|
|
|
| 2486 |
|
|
// Create an entry with a string.
|
| 2487 |
|
|
Dynamic_entry(elfcpp::DT tag, const char* str)
|
| 2488 |
|
|
: tag_(tag), offset_(DYNAMIC_STRING)
|
| 2489 |
|
|
{ this->u_.str = str; }
|
| 2490 |
|
|
|
| 2491 |
|
|
// Return the tag of this entry.
|
| 2492 |
|
|
elfcpp::DT
|
| 2493 |
|
|
tag() const
|
| 2494 |
|
|
{ return this->tag_; }
|
| 2495 |
|
|
|
| 2496 |
|
|
// Write the dynamic entry to an output view.
|
| 2497 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 2498 |
|
|
void
|
| 2499 |
|
|
write(unsigned char* pov, const Stringpool*) const;
|
| 2500 |
|
|
|
| 2501 |
|
|
private:
|
| 2502 |
|
|
// Classification is encoded in the OFFSET field.
|
| 2503 |
|
|
enum Classification
|
| 2504 |
|
|
{
|
| 2505 |
|
|
// Section address.
|
| 2506 |
|
|
DYNAMIC_SECTION_ADDRESS = 0,
|
| 2507 |
|
|
// Number.
|
| 2508 |
|
|
DYNAMIC_NUMBER = -1U,
|
| 2509 |
|
|
// Section size.
|
| 2510 |
|
|
DYNAMIC_SECTION_SIZE = -2U,
|
| 2511 |
|
|
// Symbol adress.
|
| 2512 |
|
|
DYNAMIC_SYMBOL = -3U,
|
| 2513 |
|
|
// String.
|
| 2514 |
|
|
DYNAMIC_STRING = -4U
|
| 2515 |
|
|
// Any other value indicates a section address plus OFFSET.
|
| 2516 |
|
|
};
|
| 2517 |
|
|
|
| 2518 |
|
|
union
|
| 2519 |
|
|
{
|
| 2520 |
|
|
// For DYNAMIC_NUMBER.
|
| 2521 |
|
|
unsigned int val;
|
| 2522 |
|
|
// For DYNAMIC_SECTION_SIZE and section address plus OFFSET.
|
| 2523 |
|
|
const Output_data* od;
|
| 2524 |
|
|
// For DYNAMIC_SYMBOL.
|
| 2525 |
|
|
const Symbol* sym;
|
| 2526 |
|
|
// For DYNAMIC_STRING.
|
| 2527 |
|
|
const char* str;
|
| 2528 |
|
|
} u_;
|
| 2529 |
|
|
// For DYNAMIC_SYMBOL with two sections.
|
| 2530 |
|
|
const Output_data* od2;
|
| 2531 |
|
|
// The dynamic tag.
|
| 2532 |
|
|
elfcpp::DT tag_;
|
| 2533 |
|
|
// The type of entry (Classification) or offset within a section.
|
| 2534 |
|
|
unsigned int offset_;
|
| 2535 |
|
|
};
|
| 2536 |
|
|
|
| 2537 |
|
|
// Add an entry to the list.
|
| 2538 |
|
|
void
|
| 2539 |
|
|
add_entry(const Dynamic_entry& entry)
|
| 2540 |
|
|
{ this->entries_.push_back(entry); }
|
| 2541 |
|
|
|
| 2542 |
|
|
// Sized version of write function.
|
| 2543 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 2544 |
|
|
void
|
| 2545 |
|
|
sized_write(Output_file* of);
|
| 2546 |
|
|
|
| 2547 |
|
|
// The type of the list of entries.
|
| 2548 |
|
|
typedef std::vector<Dynamic_entry> Dynamic_entries;
|
| 2549 |
|
|
|
| 2550 |
|
|
// The entries.
|
| 2551 |
|
|
Dynamic_entries entries_;
|
| 2552 |
|
|
// The pool used for strings.
|
| 2553 |
|
|
Stringpool* pool_;
|
| 2554 |
|
|
};
|
| 2555 |
|
|
|
| 2556 |
|
|
// Output_symtab_xindex is used to handle SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX sections,
|
| 2557 |
|
|
// which may be required if the object file has more than
|
| 2558 |
|
|
// SHN_LORESERVE sections.
|
| 2559 |
|
|
|
| 2560 |
|
|
class Output_symtab_xindex : public Output_section_data
|
| 2561 |
|
|
{
|
| 2562 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2563 |
|
|
Output_symtab_xindex(size_t symcount)
|
| 2564 |
|
|
: Output_section_data(symcount * 4, 4, true),
|
| 2565 |
|
|
entries_()
|
| 2566 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2567 |
|
|
|
| 2568 |
|
|
// Add an entry: symbol number SYMNDX has section SHNDX.
|
| 2569 |
|
|
void
|
| 2570 |
|
|
add(unsigned int symndx, unsigned int shndx)
|
| 2571 |
|
|
{ this->entries_.push_back(std::make_pair(symndx, shndx)); }
|
| 2572 |
|
|
|
| 2573 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 2574 |
|
|
void
|
| 2575 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
| 2576 |
|
|
|
| 2577 |
|
|
// Write to a map file.
|
| 2578 |
|
|
void
|
| 2579 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
|
| 2580 |
|
|
{ mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** symtab xindex")); }
|
| 2581 |
|
|
|
| 2582 |
|
|
private:
|
| 2583 |
|
|
template<bool big_endian>
|
| 2584 |
|
|
void
|
| 2585 |
|
|
endian_do_write(unsigned char*);
|
| 2586 |
|
|
|
| 2587 |
|
|
// It is likely that most symbols will not require entries. Rather
|
| 2588 |
|
|
// than keep a vector for all symbols, we keep pairs of symbol index
|
| 2589 |
|
|
// and section index.
|
| 2590 |
|
|
typedef std::vector<std::pair<unsigned int, unsigned int> > Xindex_entries;
|
| 2591 |
|
|
|
| 2592 |
|
|
// The entries we need.
|
| 2593 |
|
|
Xindex_entries entries_;
|
| 2594 |
|
|
};
|
| 2595 |
|
|
|
| 2596 |
|
|
// A relaxed input section.
|
| 2597 |
|
|
class Output_relaxed_input_section : public Output_section_data_build
|
| 2598 |
|
|
{
|
| 2599 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2600 |
|
|
// We would like to call relobj->section_addralign(shndx) to get the
|
| 2601 |
|
|
// alignment but we do not want the constructor to fail. So callers
|
| 2602 |
|
|
// are repsonsible for ensuring that.
|
| 2603 |
|
|
Output_relaxed_input_section(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 2604 |
|
|
uint64_t addralign)
|
| 2605 |
|
|
: Output_section_data_build(addralign), relobj_(relobj), shndx_(shndx)
|
| 2606 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2607 |
|
|
|
| 2608 |
|
|
// Return the Relobj of this relaxed input section.
|
| 2609 |
|
|
Relobj*
|
| 2610 |
|
|
relobj() const
|
| 2611 |
|
|
{ return this->relobj_; }
|
| 2612 |
|
|
|
| 2613 |
|
|
// Return the section index of this relaxed input section.
|
| 2614 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 2615 |
|
|
shndx() const
|
| 2616 |
|
|
{ return this->shndx_; }
|
| 2617 |
|
|
|
| 2618 |
|
|
private:
|
| 2619 |
|
|
Relobj* relobj_;
|
| 2620 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx_;
|
| 2621 |
|
|
};
|
| 2622 |
|
|
|
| 2623 |
|
|
// This class describes properties of merge data sections. It is used
|
| 2624 |
|
|
// as a key type for maps.
|
| 2625 |
|
|
class Merge_section_properties
|
| 2626 |
|
|
{
|
| 2627 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2628 |
|
|
Merge_section_properties(bool is_string, uint64_t entsize,
|
| 2629 |
|
|
uint64_t addralign)
|
| 2630 |
|
|
: is_string_(is_string), entsize_(entsize), addralign_(addralign)
|
| 2631 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2632 |
|
|
|
| 2633 |
|
|
// Whether this equals to another Merge_section_properties MSP.
|
| 2634 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2635 |
|
|
eq(const Merge_section_properties& msp) const
|
| 2636 |
|
|
{
|
| 2637 |
|
|
return ((this->is_string_ == msp.is_string_)
|
| 2638 |
|
|
&& (this->entsize_ == msp.entsize_)
|
| 2639 |
|
|
&& (this->addralign_ == msp.addralign_));
|
| 2640 |
|
|
}
|
| 2641 |
|
|
|
| 2642 |
|
|
// Compute a hash value for this using 64-bit FNV-1a hash.
|
| 2643 |
|
|
size_t
|
| 2644 |
|
|
hash_value() const
|
| 2645 |
|
|
{
|
| 2646 |
|
|
uint64_t h = 14695981039346656037ULL; // FNV offset basis.
|
| 2647 |
|
|
uint64_t prime = 1099511628211ULL;
|
| 2648 |
|
|
h = (h ^ static_cast<uint64_t>(this->is_string_)) * prime;
|
| 2649 |
|
|
h = (h ^ static_cast<uint64_t>(this->entsize_)) * prime;
|
| 2650 |
|
|
h = (h ^ static_cast<uint64_t>(this->addralign_)) * prime;
|
| 2651 |
|
|
return h;
|
| 2652 |
|
|
}
|
| 2653 |
|
|
|
| 2654 |
|
|
// Functors for associative containers.
|
| 2655 |
|
|
struct equal_to
|
| 2656 |
|
|
{
|
| 2657 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2658 |
|
|
operator()(const Merge_section_properties& msp1,
|
| 2659 |
|
|
const Merge_section_properties& msp2) const
|
| 2660 |
|
|
{ return msp1.eq(msp2); }
|
| 2661 |
|
|
};
|
| 2662 |
|
|
|
| 2663 |
|
|
struct hash
|
| 2664 |
|
|
{
|
| 2665 |
|
|
size_t
|
| 2666 |
|
|
operator()(const Merge_section_properties& msp) const
|
| 2667 |
|
|
{ return msp.hash_value(); }
|
| 2668 |
|
|
};
|
| 2669 |
|
|
|
| 2670 |
|
|
private:
|
| 2671 |
|
|
// Whether this merge data section is for strings.
|
| 2672 |
|
|
bool is_string_;
|
| 2673 |
|
|
// Entsize of this merge data section.
|
| 2674 |
|
|
uint64_t entsize_;
|
| 2675 |
|
|
// Address alignment.
|
| 2676 |
|
|
uint64_t addralign_;
|
| 2677 |
|
|
};
|
| 2678 |
|
|
|
| 2679 |
|
|
// This class is used to speed up look up of special input sections in an
|
| 2680 |
|
|
// Output_section.
|
| 2681 |
|
|
|
| 2682 |
|
|
class Output_section_lookup_maps
|
| 2683 |
|
|
{
|
| 2684 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2685 |
|
|
Output_section_lookup_maps()
|
| 2686 |
|
|
: is_valid_(true), merge_sections_by_properties_(),
|
| 2687 |
|
|
merge_sections_by_id_(), relaxed_input_sections_by_id_()
|
| 2688 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2689 |
|
|
|
| 2690 |
|
|
// Whether the maps are valid.
|
| 2691 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2692 |
|
|
is_valid() const
|
| 2693 |
|
|
{ return this->is_valid_; }
|
| 2694 |
|
|
|
| 2695 |
|
|
// Invalidate the maps.
|
| 2696 |
|
|
void
|
| 2697 |
|
|
invalidate()
|
| 2698 |
|
|
{ this->is_valid_ = false; }
|
| 2699 |
|
|
|
| 2700 |
|
|
// Clear the maps.
|
| 2701 |
|
|
void
|
| 2702 |
|
|
clear()
|
| 2703 |
|
|
{
|
| 2704 |
|
|
this->merge_sections_by_properties_.clear();
|
| 2705 |
|
|
this->merge_sections_by_id_.clear();
|
| 2706 |
|
|
this->relaxed_input_sections_by_id_.clear();
|
| 2707 |
|
|
// A cleared map is valid.
|
| 2708 |
|
|
this->is_valid_ = true;
|
| 2709 |
|
|
}
|
| 2710 |
|
|
|
| 2711 |
|
|
// Find a merge section by merge section properties. Return NULL if none
|
| 2712 |
|
|
// is found.
|
| 2713 |
|
|
Output_merge_base*
|
| 2714 |
|
|
find_merge_section(const Merge_section_properties& msp) const
|
| 2715 |
|
|
{
|
| 2716 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->is_valid_);
|
| 2717 |
|
|
Merge_sections_by_properties::const_iterator p =
|
| 2718 |
|
|
this->merge_sections_by_properties_.find(msp);
|
| 2719 |
|
|
return p != this->merge_sections_by_properties_.end() ? p->second : NULL;
|
| 2720 |
|
|
}
|
| 2721 |
|
|
|
| 2722 |
|
|
// Find a merge section by section ID of a merge input section. Return NULL
|
| 2723 |
|
|
// if none is found.
|
| 2724 |
|
|
Output_merge_base*
|
| 2725 |
|
|
find_merge_section(const Object* object, unsigned int shndx) const
|
| 2726 |
|
|
{
|
| 2727 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->is_valid_);
|
| 2728 |
|
|
Merge_sections_by_id::const_iterator p =
|
| 2729 |
|
|
this->merge_sections_by_id_.find(Const_section_id(object, shndx));
|
| 2730 |
|
|
return p != this->merge_sections_by_id_.end() ? p->second : NULL;
|
| 2731 |
|
|
}
|
| 2732 |
|
|
|
| 2733 |
|
|
// Add a merge section pointed by POMB with properties MSP.
|
| 2734 |
|
|
void
|
| 2735 |
|
|
add_merge_section(const Merge_section_properties& msp,
|
| 2736 |
|
|
Output_merge_base* pomb)
|
| 2737 |
|
|
{
|
| 2738 |
|
|
std::pair<Merge_section_properties, Output_merge_base*> value(msp, pomb);
|
| 2739 |
|
|
std::pair<Merge_sections_by_properties::iterator, bool> result =
|
| 2740 |
|
|
this->merge_sections_by_properties_.insert(value);
|
| 2741 |
|
|
gold_assert(result.second);
|
| 2742 |
|
|
}
|
| 2743 |
|
|
|
| 2744 |
|
|
// Add a mapping from a merged input section in OBJECT with index SHNDX
|
| 2745 |
|
|
// to a merge output section pointed by POMB.
|
| 2746 |
|
|
void
|
| 2747 |
|
|
add_merge_input_section(const Object* object, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 2748 |
|
|
Output_merge_base* pomb)
|
| 2749 |
|
|
{
|
| 2750 |
|
|
Const_section_id csid(object, shndx);
|
| 2751 |
|
|
std::pair<Const_section_id, Output_merge_base*> value(csid, pomb);
|
| 2752 |
|
|
std::pair<Merge_sections_by_id::iterator, bool> result =
|
| 2753 |
|
|
this->merge_sections_by_id_.insert(value);
|
| 2754 |
|
|
gold_assert(result.second);
|
| 2755 |
|
|
}
|
| 2756 |
|
|
|
| 2757 |
|
|
// Find a relaxed input section of OBJECT with index SHNDX.
|
| 2758 |
|
|
Output_relaxed_input_section*
|
| 2759 |
|
|
find_relaxed_input_section(const Object* object, unsigned int shndx) const
|
| 2760 |
|
|
{
|
| 2761 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->is_valid_);
|
| 2762 |
|
|
Relaxed_input_sections_by_id::const_iterator p =
|
| 2763 |
|
|
this->relaxed_input_sections_by_id_.find(Const_section_id(object, shndx));
|
| 2764 |
|
|
return p != this->relaxed_input_sections_by_id_.end() ? p->second : NULL;
|
| 2765 |
|
|
}
|
| 2766 |
|
|
|
| 2767 |
|
|
// Add a relaxed input section pointed by POMB and whose original input
|
| 2768 |
|
|
// section is in OBJECT with index SHNDX.
|
| 2769 |
|
|
void
|
| 2770 |
|
|
add_relaxed_input_section(const Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 2771 |
|
|
Output_relaxed_input_section* poris)
|
| 2772 |
|
|
{
|
| 2773 |
|
|
Const_section_id csid(relobj, shndx);
|
| 2774 |
|
|
std::pair<Const_section_id, Output_relaxed_input_section*>
|
| 2775 |
|
|
value(csid, poris);
|
| 2776 |
|
|
std::pair<Relaxed_input_sections_by_id::iterator, bool> result =
|
| 2777 |
|
|
this->relaxed_input_sections_by_id_.insert(value);
|
| 2778 |
|
|
gold_assert(result.second);
|
| 2779 |
|
|
}
|
| 2780 |
|
|
|
| 2781 |
|
|
private:
|
| 2782 |
|
|
typedef Unordered_map<Const_section_id, Output_merge_base*,
|
| 2783 |
|
|
Const_section_id_hash>
|
| 2784 |
|
|
Merge_sections_by_id;
|
| 2785 |
|
|
|
| 2786 |
|
|
typedef Unordered_map<Merge_section_properties, Output_merge_base*,
|
| 2787 |
|
|
Merge_section_properties::hash,
|
| 2788 |
|
|
Merge_section_properties::equal_to>
|
| 2789 |
|
|
Merge_sections_by_properties;
|
| 2790 |
|
|
|
| 2791 |
|
|
typedef Unordered_map<Const_section_id, Output_relaxed_input_section*,
|
| 2792 |
|
|
Const_section_id_hash>
|
| 2793 |
|
|
Relaxed_input_sections_by_id;
|
| 2794 |
|
|
|
| 2795 |
|
|
// Whether this is valid
|
| 2796 |
|
|
bool is_valid_;
|
| 2797 |
|
|
// Merge sections by merge section properties.
|
| 2798 |
|
|
Merge_sections_by_properties merge_sections_by_properties_;
|
| 2799 |
|
|
// Merge sections by section IDs.
|
| 2800 |
|
|
Merge_sections_by_id merge_sections_by_id_;
|
| 2801 |
|
|
// Relaxed sections by section IDs.
|
| 2802 |
|
|
Relaxed_input_sections_by_id relaxed_input_sections_by_id_;
|
| 2803 |
|
|
};
|
| 2804 |
|
|
|
| 2805 |
159 |
khays |
// This abstract base class defines the interface for the
|
| 2806 |
|
|
// types of methods used to fill free space left in an output
|
| 2807 |
|
|
// section during an incremental link. These methods are used
|
| 2808 |
|
|
// to insert dummy compilation units into debug info so that
|
| 2809 |
|
|
// debug info consumers can scan the debug info serially.
|
| 2810 |
|
|
|
| 2811 |
|
|
class Output_fill
|
| 2812 |
|
|
{
|
| 2813 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2814 |
|
|
Output_fill()
|
| 2815 |
|
|
: is_big_endian_(parameters->target().is_big_endian())
|
| 2816 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2817 |
|
|
|
| 2818 |
|
|
// Return the smallest size chunk of free space that can be
|
| 2819 |
|
|
// filled with a dummy compilation unit.
|
| 2820 |
|
|
size_t
|
| 2821 |
|
|
minimum_hole_size() const
|
| 2822 |
|
|
{ return this->do_minimum_hole_size(); }
|
| 2823 |
|
|
|
| 2824 |
|
|
// Write a fill pattern of length LEN at offset OFF in the file.
|
| 2825 |
|
|
void
|
| 2826 |
|
|
write(Output_file* of, off_t off, size_t len) const
|
| 2827 |
|
|
{ this->do_write(of, off, len); }
|
| 2828 |
|
|
|
| 2829 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 2830 |
|
|
virtual size_t
|
| 2831 |
|
|
do_minimum_hole_size() const = 0;
|
| 2832 |
|
|
|
| 2833 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 2834 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file* of, off_t off, size_t len) const = 0;
|
| 2835 |
|
|
|
| 2836 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2837 |
|
|
is_big_endian() const
|
| 2838 |
|
|
{ return this->is_big_endian_; }
|
| 2839 |
|
|
|
| 2840 |
|
|
private:
|
| 2841 |
|
|
bool is_big_endian_;
|
| 2842 |
|
|
};
|
| 2843 |
|
|
|
| 2844 |
|
|
// Fill method that introduces a dummy compilation unit in
|
| 2845 |
|
|
// a .debug_info or .debug_types section.
|
| 2846 |
|
|
|
| 2847 |
|
|
class Output_fill_debug_info : public Output_fill
|
| 2848 |
|
|
{
|
| 2849 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2850 |
|
|
Output_fill_debug_info(bool is_debug_types)
|
| 2851 |
|
|
: is_debug_types_(is_debug_types)
|
| 2852 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2853 |
|
|
|
| 2854 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 2855 |
|
|
virtual size_t
|
| 2856 |
|
|
do_minimum_hole_size() const;
|
| 2857 |
|
|
|
| 2858 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 2859 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file* of, off_t off, size_t len) const;
|
| 2860 |
|
|
|
| 2861 |
|
|
private:
|
| 2862 |
|
|
// Version of the header.
|
| 2863 |
|
|
static const int version = 4;
|
| 2864 |
|
|
// True if this is a .debug_types section.
|
| 2865 |
|
|
bool is_debug_types_;
|
| 2866 |
|
|
};
|
| 2867 |
|
|
|
| 2868 |
|
|
// Fill method that introduces a dummy compilation unit in
|
| 2869 |
|
|
// a .debug_line section.
|
| 2870 |
|
|
|
| 2871 |
|
|
class Output_fill_debug_line : public Output_fill
|
| 2872 |
|
|
{
|
| 2873 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2874 |
|
|
Output_fill_debug_line()
|
| 2875 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 2876 |
|
|
|
| 2877 |
|
|
protected:
|
| 2878 |
|
|
virtual size_t
|
| 2879 |
|
|
do_minimum_hole_size() const;
|
| 2880 |
|
|
|
| 2881 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 2882 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file* of, off_t off, size_t len) const;
|
| 2883 |
|
|
|
| 2884 |
|
|
private:
|
| 2885 |
|
|
// Version of the header. We write a DWARF-3 header because it's smaller
|
| 2886 |
|
|
// and many tools have not yet been updated to understand the DWARF-4 header.
|
| 2887 |
|
|
static const int version = 3;
|
| 2888 |
|
|
// Length of the portion of the header that follows the header_length
|
| 2889 |
|
|
// field. This includes the following fields:
|
| 2890 |
|
|
// minimum_instruction_length, default_is_stmt, line_base, line_range,
|
| 2891 |
|
|
// opcode_base, standard_opcode_lengths[], include_directories, filenames.
|
| 2892 |
|
|
// The standard_opcode_lengths array is 12 bytes long, and the
|
| 2893 |
|
|
// include_directories and filenames fields each contain only a single
|
| 2894 |
|
|
// null byte.
|
| 2895 |
|
|
static const size_t header_length = 19;
|
| 2896 |
|
|
};
|
| 2897 |
|
|
|
| 2898 |
27 |
khays |
// An output section. We don't expect to have too many output
|
| 2899 |
|
|
// sections, so we don't bother to do a template on the size.
|
| 2900 |
|
|
|
| 2901 |
|
|
class Output_section : public Output_data
|
| 2902 |
|
|
{
|
| 2903 |
|
|
public:
|
| 2904 |
|
|
// Create an output section, giving the name, type, and flags.
|
| 2905 |
|
|
Output_section(const char* name, elfcpp::Elf_Word, elfcpp::Elf_Xword);
|
| 2906 |
|
|
virtual ~Output_section();
|
| 2907 |
|
|
|
| 2908 |
|
|
// Add a new input section SHNDX, named NAME, with header SHDR, from
|
| 2909 |
|
|
// object OBJECT. RELOC_SHNDX is the index of a relocation section
|
| 2910 |
|
|
// which applies to this section, or 0 if none, or -1 if more than
|
| 2911 |
|
|
// one. HAVE_SECTIONS_SCRIPT is true if we have a SECTIONS clause
|
| 2912 |
|
|
// in a linker script; in that case we need to keep track of input
|
| 2913 |
|
|
// sections associated with an output section. Return the offset
|
| 2914 |
|
|
// within the output section.
|
| 2915 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 2916 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 2917 |
|
|
add_input_section(Layout* layout, Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
|
| 2918 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx, const char* name,
|
| 2919 |
|
|
const elfcpp::Shdr<size, big_endian>& shdr,
|
| 2920 |
|
|
unsigned int reloc_shndx, bool have_sections_script);
|
| 2921 |
|
|
|
| 2922 |
|
|
// Add generated data POSD to this output section.
|
| 2923 |
|
|
void
|
| 2924 |
|
|
add_output_section_data(Output_section_data* posd);
|
| 2925 |
|
|
|
| 2926 |
|
|
// Add a relaxed input section PORIS called NAME to this output section
|
| 2927 |
|
|
// with LAYOUT.
|
| 2928 |
|
|
void
|
| 2929 |
|
|
add_relaxed_input_section(Layout* layout,
|
| 2930 |
|
|
Output_relaxed_input_section* poris,
|
| 2931 |
|
|
const std::string& name);
|
| 2932 |
|
|
|
| 2933 |
|
|
// Return the section name.
|
| 2934 |
|
|
const char*
|
| 2935 |
|
|
name() const
|
| 2936 |
|
|
{ return this->name_; }
|
| 2937 |
|
|
|
| 2938 |
|
|
// Return the section type.
|
| 2939 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Word
|
| 2940 |
|
|
type() const
|
| 2941 |
|
|
{ return this->type_; }
|
| 2942 |
|
|
|
| 2943 |
|
|
// Return the section flags.
|
| 2944 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Xword
|
| 2945 |
|
|
flags() const
|
| 2946 |
|
|
{ return this->flags_; }
|
| 2947 |
|
|
|
| 2948 |
159 |
khays |
typedef std::map<Section_id, unsigned int> Section_layout_order;
|
| 2949 |
|
|
|
| 2950 |
|
|
void
|
| 2951 |
163 |
khays |
update_section_layout(const Section_layout_order* order_map);
|
| 2952 |
159 |
khays |
|
| 2953 |
27 |
khays |
// Update the output section flags based on input section flags.
|
| 2954 |
|
|
void
|
| 2955 |
|
|
update_flags_for_input_section(elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags);
|
| 2956 |
|
|
|
| 2957 |
|
|
// Return the entsize field.
|
| 2958 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 2959 |
|
|
entsize() const
|
| 2960 |
|
|
{ return this->entsize_; }
|
| 2961 |
|
|
|
| 2962 |
|
|
// Set the entsize field.
|
| 2963 |
|
|
void
|
| 2964 |
|
|
set_entsize(uint64_t v);
|
| 2965 |
|
|
|
| 2966 |
|
|
// Set the load address.
|
| 2967 |
|
|
void
|
| 2968 |
|
|
set_load_address(uint64_t load_address)
|
| 2969 |
|
|
{
|
| 2970 |
|
|
this->load_address_ = load_address;
|
| 2971 |
|
|
this->has_load_address_ = true;
|
| 2972 |
|
|
}
|
| 2973 |
|
|
|
| 2974 |
|
|
// Set the link field to the output section index of a section.
|
| 2975 |
|
|
void
|
| 2976 |
|
|
set_link_section(const Output_data* od)
|
| 2977 |
|
|
{
|
| 2978 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->link_ == 0
|
| 2979 |
|
|
&& !this->should_link_to_symtab_
|
| 2980 |
|
|
&& !this->should_link_to_dynsym_);
|
| 2981 |
|
|
this->link_section_ = od;
|
| 2982 |
|
|
}
|
| 2983 |
|
|
|
| 2984 |
|
|
// Set the link field to a constant.
|
| 2985 |
|
|
void
|
| 2986 |
|
|
set_link(unsigned int v)
|
| 2987 |
|
|
{
|
| 2988 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->link_section_ == NULL
|
| 2989 |
|
|
&& !this->should_link_to_symtab_
|
| 2990 |
|
|
&& !this->should_link_to_dynsym_);
|
| 2991 |
|
|
this->link_ = v;
|
| 2992 |
|
|
}
|
| 2993 |
|
|
|
| 2994 |
|
|
// Record that this section should link to the normal symbol table.
|
| 2995 |
|
|
void
|
| 2996 |
|
|
set_should_link_to_symtab()
|
| 2997 |
|
|
{
|
| 2998 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->link_section_ == NULL
|
| 2999 |
|
|
&& this->link_ == 0
|
| 3000 |
|
|
&& !this->should_link_to_dynsym_);
|
| 3001 |
|
|
this->should_link_to_symtab_ = true;
|
| 3002 |
|
|
}
|
| 3003 |
|
|
|
| 3004 |
|
|
// Record that this section should link to the dynamic symbol table.
|
| 3005 |
|
|
void
|
| 3006 |
|
|
set_should_link_to_dynsym()
|
| 3007 |
|
|
{
|
| 3008 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->link_section_ == NULL
|
| 3009 |
|
|
&& this->link_ == 0
|
| 3010 |
|
|
&& !this->should_link_to_symtab_);
|
| 3011 |
|
|
this->should_link_to_dynsym_ = true;
|
| 3012 |
|
|
}
|
| 3013 |
|
|
|
| 3014 |
|
|
// Return the info field.
|
| 3015 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 3016 |
|
|
info() const
|
| 3017 |
|
|
{
|
| 3018 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->info_section_ == NULL
|
| 3019 |
|
|
&& this->info_symndx_ == NULL);
|
| 3020 |
|
|
return this->info_;
|
| 3021 |
|
|
}
|
| 3022 |
|
|
|
| 3023 |
|
|
// Set the info field to the output section index of a section.
|
| 3024 |
|
|
void
|
| 3025 |
|
|
set_info_section(const Output_section* os)
|
| 3026 |
|
|
{
|
| 3027 |
|
|
gold_assert((this->info_section_ == NULL
|
| 3028 |
|
|
|| (this->info_section_ == os
|
| 3029 |
|
|
&& this->info_uses_section_index_))
|
| 3030 |
|
|
&& this->info_symndx_ == NULL
|
| 3031 |
|
|
&& this->info_ == 0);
|
| 3032 |
|
|
this->info_section_ = os;
|
| 3033 |
|
|
this->info_uses_section_index_= true;
|
| 3034 |
|
|
}
|
| 3035 |
|
|
|
| 3036 |
|
|
// Set the info field to the symbol table index of a symbol.
|
| 3037 |
|
|
void
|
| 3038 |
|
|
set_info_symndx(const Symbol* sym)
|
| 3039 |
|
|
{
|
| 3040 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->info_section_ == NULL
|
| 3041 |
|
|
&& (this->info_symndx_ == NULL
|
| 3042 |
|
|
|| this->info_symndx_ == sym)
|
| 3043 |
|
|
&& this->info_ == 0);
|
| 3044 |
|
|
this->info_symndx_ = sym;
|
| 3045 |
|
|
}
|
| 3046 |
|
|
|
| 3047 |
|
|
// Set the info field to the symbol table index of a section symbol.
|
| 3048 |
|
|
void
|
| 3049 |
|
|
set_info_section_symndx(const Output_section* os)
|
| 3050 |
|
|
{
|
| 3051 |
|
|
gold_assert((this->info_section_ == NULL
|
| 3052 |
|
|
|| (this->info_section_ == os
|
| 3053 |
|
|
&& !this->info_uses_section_index_))
|
| 3054 |
|
|
&& this->info_symndx_ == NULL
|
| 3055 |
|
|
&& this->info_ == 0);
|
| 3056 |
|
|
this->info_section_ = os;
|
| 3057 |
|
|
this->info_uses_section_index_ = false;
|
| 3058 |
|
|
}
|
| 3059 |
|
|
|
| 3060 |
|
|
// Set the info field to a constant.
|
| 3061 |
|
|
void
|
| 3062 |
|
|
set_info(unsigned int v)
|
| 3063 |
|
|
{
|
| 3064 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->info_section_ == NULL
|
| 3065 |
|
|
&& this->info_symndx_ == NULL
|
| 3066 |
|
|
&& (this->info_ == 0
|
| 3067 |
|
|
|| this->info_ == v));
|
| 3068 |
|
|
this->info_ = v;
|
| 3069 |
|
|
}
|
| 3070 |
|
|
|
| 3071 |
|
|
// Set the addralign field.
|
| 3072 |
|
|
void
|
| 3073 |
|
|
set_addralign(uint64_t v)
|
| 3074 |
|
|
{ this->addralign_ = v; }
|
| 3075 |
|
|
|
| 3076 |
|
|
// Whether the output section index has been set.
|
| 3077 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3078 |
|
|
has_out_shndx() const
|
| 3079 |
|
|
{ return this->out_shndx_ != -1U; }
|
| 3080 |
|
|
|
| 3081 |
|
|
// Indicate that we need a symtab index.
|
| 3082 |
|
|
void
|
| 3083 |
|
|
set_needs_symtab_index()
|
| 3084 |
|
|
{ this->needs_symtab_index_ = true; }
|
| 3085 |
|
|
|
| 3086 |
|
|
// Return whether we need a symtab index.
|
| 3087 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3088 |
|
|
needs_symtab_index() const
|
| 3089 |
|
|
{ return this->needs_symtab_index_; }
|
| 3090 |
|
|
|
| 3091 |
|
|
// Get the symtab index.
|
| 3092 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 3093 |
|
|
symtab_index() const
|
| 3094 |
|
|
{
|
| 3095 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->symtab_index_ != 0);
|
| 3096 |
|
|
return this->symtab_index_;
|
| 3097 |
|
|
}
|
| 3098 |
|
|
|
| 3099 |
|
|
// Set the symtab index.
|
| 3100 |
|
|
void
|
| 3101 |
|
|
set_symtab_index(unsigned int index)
|
| 3102 |
|
|
{
|
| 3103 |
|
|
gold_assert(index != 0);
|
| 3104 |
|
|
this->symtab_index_ = index;
|
| 3105 |
|
|
}
|
| 3106 |
|
|
|
| 3107 |
|
|
// Indicate that we need a dynsym index.
|
| 3108 |
|
|
void
|
| 3109 |
|
|
set_needs_dynsym_index()
|
| 3110 |
|
|
{ this->needs_dynsym_index_ = true; }
|
| 3111 |
|
|
|
| 3112 |
|
|
// Return whether we need a dynsym index.
|
| 3113 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3114 |
|
|
needs_dynsym_index() const
|
| 3115 |
|
|
{ return this->needs_dynsym_index_; }
|
| 3116 |
|
|
|
| 3117 |
|
|
// Get the dynsym index.
|
| 3118 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 3119 |
|
|
dynsym_index() const
|
| 3120 |
|
|
{
|
| 3121 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->dynsym_index_ != 0);
|
| 3122 |
|
|
return this->dynsym_index_;
|
| 3123 |
|
|
}
|
| 3124 |
|
|
|
| 3125 |
|
|
// Set the dynsym index.
|
| 3126 |
|
|
void
|
| 3127 |
|
|
set_dynsym_index(unsigned int index)
|
| 3128 |
|
|
{
|
| 3129 |
|
|
gold_assert(index != 0);
|
| 3130 |
|
|
this->dynsym_index_ = index;
|
| 3131 |
|
|
}
|
| 3132 |
|
|
|
| 3133 |
|
|
// Return whether the input sections sections attachd to this output
|
| 3134 |
|
|
// section may require sorting. This is used to handle constructor
|
| 3135 |
|
|
// priorities compatibly with GNU ld.
|
| 3136 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3137 |
|
|
may_sort_attached_input_sections() const
|
| 3138 |
|
|
{ return this->may_sort_attached_input_sections_; }
|
| 3139 |
|
|
|
| 3140 |
|
|
// Record that the input sections attached to this output section
|
| 3141 |
|
|
// may require sorting.
|
| 3142 |
|
|
void
|
| 3143 |
|
|
set_may_sort_attached_input_sections()
|
| 3144 |
|
|
{ this->may_sort_attached_input_sections_ = true; }
|
| 3145 |
|
|
|
| 3146 |
|
|
// Returns true if input sections must be sorted according to the
|
| 3147 |
|
|
// order in which their name appear in the --section-ordering-file.
|
| 3148 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3149 |
|
|
input_section_order_specified()
|
| 3150 |
|
|
{ return this->input_section_order_specified_; }
|
| 3151 |
|
|
|
| 3152 |
|
|
// Record that input sections must be sorted as some of their names
|
| 3153 |
|
|
// match the patterns specified through --section-ordering-file.
|
| 3154 |
|
|
void
|
| 3155 |
|
|
set_input_section_order_specified()
|
| 3156 |
|
|
{ this->input_section_order_specified_ = true; }
|
| 3157 |
|
|
|
| 3158 |
|
|
// Return whether the input sections attached to this output section
|
| 3159 |
|
|
// require sorting. This is used to handle constructor priorities
|
| 3160 |
|
|
// compatibly with GNU ld.
|
| 3161 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3162 |
|
|
must_sort_attached_input_sections() const
|
| 3163 |
|
|
{ return this->must_sort_attached_input_sections_; }
|
| 3164 |
|
|
|
| 3165 |
|
|
// Record that the input sections attached to this output section
|
| 3166 |
|
|
// require sorting.
|
| 3167 |
|
|
void
|
| 3168 |
|
|
set_must_sort_attached_input_sections()
|
| 3169 |
|
|
{ this->must_sort_attached_input_sections_ = true; }
|
| 3170 |
|
|
|
| 3171 |
|
|
// Get the order in which this section appears in the PT_LOAD output
|
| 3172 |
|
|
// segment.
|
| 3173 |
|
|
Output_section_order
|
| 3174 |
|
|
order() const
|
| 3175 |
|
|
{ return this->order_; }
|
| 3176 |
|
|
|
| 3177 |
|
|
// Set the order for this section.
|
| 3178 |
|
|
void
|
| 3179 |
|
|
set_order(Output_section_order order)
|
| 3180 |
|
|
{ this->order_ = order; }
|
| 3181 |
|
|
|
| 3182 |
|
|
// Return whether this section holds relro data--data which has
|
| 3183 |
|
|
// dynamic relocations but which may be marked read-only after the
|
| 3184 |
|
|
// dynamic relocations have been completed.
|
| 3185 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3186 |
|
|
is_relro() const
|
| 3187 |
|
|
{ return this->is_relro_; }
|
| 3188 |
|
|
|
| 3189 |
|
|
// Record that this section holds relro data.
|
| 3190 |
|
|
void
|
| 3191 |
|
|
set_is_relro()
|
| 3192 |
|
|
{ this->is_relro_ = true; }
|
| 3193 |
|
|
|
| 3194 |
|
|
// Record that this section does not hold relro data.
|
| 3195 |
|
|
void
|
| 3196 |
|
|
clear_is_relro()
|
| 3197 |
|
|
{ this->is_relro_ = false; }
|
| 3198 |
|
|
|
| 3199 |
|
|
// True if this is a small section: a section which holds small
|
| 3200 |
|
|
// variables.
|
| 3201 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3202 |
|
|
is_small_section() const
|
| 3203 |
|
|
{ return this->is_small_section_; }
|
| 3204 |
|
|
|
| 3205 |
|
|
// Record that this is a small section.
|
| 3206 |
|
|
void
|
| 3207 |
|
|
set_is_small_section()
|
| 3208 |
|
|
{ this->is_small_section_ = true; }
|
| 3209 |
|
|
|
| 3210 |
|
|
// True if this is a large section: a section which holds large
|
| 3211 |
|
|
// variables.
|
| 3212 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3213 |
|
|
is_large_section() const
|
| 3214 |
|
|
{ return this->is_large_section_; }
|
| 3215 |
|
|
|
| 3216 |
|
|
// Record that this is a large section.
|
| 3217 |
|
|
void
|
| 3218 |
|
|
set_is_large_section()
|
| 3219 |
|
|
{ this->is_large_section_ = true; }
|
| 3220 |
|
|
|
| 3221 |
|
|
// True if this is a large data (not BSS) section.
|
| 3222 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3223 |
|
|
is_large_data_section()
|
| 3224 |
|
|
{ return this->is_large_section_ && this->type_ != elfcpp::SHT_NOBITS; }
|
| 3225 |
|
|
|
| 3226 |
|
|
// Return whether this section should be written after all the input
|
| 3227 |
|
|
// sections are complete.
|
| 3228 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3229 |
|
|
after_input_sections() const
|
| 3230 |
|
|
{ return this->after_input_sections_; }
|
| 3231 |
|
|
|
| 3232 |
|
|
// Record that this section should be written after all the input
|
| 3233 |
|
|
// sections are complete.
|
| 3234 |
|
|
void
|
| 3235 |
|
|
set_after_input_sections()
|
| 3236 |
|
|
{ this->after_input_sections_ = true; }
|
| 3237 |
|
|
|
| 3238 |
|
|
// Return whether this section requires postprocessing after all
|
| 3239 |
|
|
// relocations have been applied.
|
| 3240 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3241 |
|
|
requires_postprocessing() const
|
| 3242 |
|
|
{ return this->requires_postprocessing_; }
|
| 3243 |
|
|
|
| 3244 |
|
|
// If a section requires postprocessing, return the buffer to use.
|
| 3245 |
|
|
unsigned char*
|
| 3246 |
|
|
postprocessing_buffer() const
|
| 3247 |
|
|
{
|
| 3248 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->postprocessing_buffer_ != NULL);
|
| 3249 |
|
|
return this->postprocessing_buffer_;
|
| 3250 |
|
|
}
|
| 3251 |
|
|
|
| 3252 |
|
|
// If a section requires postprocessing, create the buffer to use.
|
| 3253 |
|
|
void
|
| 3254 |
|
|
create_postprocessing_buffer();
|
| 3255 |
|
|
|
| 3256 |
|
|
// If a section requires postprocessing, this is the size of the
|
| 3257 |
|
|
// buffer to which relocations should be applied.
|
| 3258 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 3259 |
|
|
postprocessing_buffer_size() const
|
| 3260 |
|
|
{ return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
|
| 3261 |
|
|
|
| 3262 |
|
|
// Modify the section name. This is only permitted for an
|
| 3263 |
|
|
// unallocated section, and only before the size has been finalized.
|
| 3264 |
|
|
// Otherwise the name will not get into Layout::namepool_.
|
| 3265 |
|
|
void
|
| 3266 |
|
|
set_name(const char* newname)
|
| 3267 |
|
|
{
|
| 3268 |
|
|
gold_assert((this->flags_ & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) == 0);
|
| 3269 |
|
|
gold_assert(!this->is_data_size_valid());
|
| 3270 |
|
|
this->name_ = newname;
|
| 3271 |
|
|
}
|
| 3272 |
|
|
|
| 3273 |
|
|
// Return whether the offset OFFSET in the input section SHNDX in
|
| 3274 |
|
|
// object OBJECT is being included in the link.
|
| 3275 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3276 |
|
|
is_input_address_mapped(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 3277 |
|
|
off_t offset) const;
|
| 3278 |
|
|
|
| 3279 |
|
|
// Return the offset within the output section of OFFSET relative to
|
| 3280 |
|
|
// the start of input section SHNDX in object OBJECT.
|
| 3281 |
|
|
section_offset_type
|
| 3282 |
|
|
output_offset(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 3283 |
|
|
section_offset_type offset) const;
|
| 3284 |
|
|
|
| 3285 |
|
|
// Return the output virtual address of OFFSET relative to the start
|
| 3286 |
|
|
// of input section SHNDX in object OBJECT.
|
| 3287 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 3288 |
|
|
output_address(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 3289 |
|
|
off_t offset) const;
|
| 3290 |
|
|
|
| 3291 |
|
|
// Look for the merged section for input section SHNDX in object
|
| 3292 |
|
|
// OBJECT. If found, return true, and set *ADDR to the address of
|
| 3293 |
|
|
// the start of the merged section. This is not necessary the
|
| 3294 |
|
|
// output offset corresponding to input offset 0 in the section,
|
| 3295 |
|
|
// since the section may be mapped arbitrarily.
|
| 3296 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3297 |
|
|
find_starting_output_address(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 3298 |
|
|
uint64_t* addr) const;
|
| 3299 |
|
|
|
| 3300 |
|
|
// Record that this output section was found in the SECTIONS clause
|
| 3301 |
|
|
// of a linker script.
|
| 3302 |
|
|
void
|
| 3303 |
|
|
set_found_in_sections_clause()
|
| 3304 |
|
|
{ this->found_in_sections_clause_ = true; }
|
| 3305 |
|
|
|
| 3306 |
|
|
// Return whether this output section was found in the SECTIONS
|
| 3307 |
|
|
// clause of a linker script.
|
| 3308 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3309 |
|
|
found_in_sections_clause() const
|
| 3310 |
|
|
{ return this->found_in_sections_clause_; }
|
| 3311 |
|
|
|
| 3312 |
|
|
// Write the section header into *OPHDR.
|
| 3313 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 3314 |
|
|
void
|
| 3315 |
|
|
write_header(const Layout*, const Stringpool*,
|
| 3316 |
|
|
elfcpp::Shdr_write<size, big_endian>*) const;
|
| 3317 |
|
|
|
| 3318 |
|
|
// The next few calls are for linker script support.
|
| 3319 |
|
|
|
| 3320 |
|
|
// In some cases we need to keep a list of the input sections
|
| 3321 |
|
|
// associated with this output section. We only need the list if we
|
| 3322 |
|
|
// might have to change the offsets of the input section within the
|
| 3323 |
|
|
// output section after we add the input section. The ordinary
|
| 3324 |
|
|
// input sections will be written out when we process the object
|
| 3325 |
|
|
// file, and as such we don't need to track them here. We do need
|
| 3326 |
|
|
// to track Output_section_data objects here. We store instances of
|
| 3327 |
|
|
// this structure in a std::vector, so it must be a POD. There can
|
| 3328 |
|
|
// be many instances of this structure, so we use a union to save
|
| 3329 |
|
|
// some space.
|
| 3330 |
|
|
class Input_section
|
| 3331 |
|
|
{
|
| 3332 |
|
|
public:
|
| 3333 |
|
|
Input_section()
|
| 3334 |
|
|
: shndx_(0), p2align_(0)
|
| 3335 |
|
|
{
|
| 3336 |
|
|
this->u1_.data_size = 0;
|
| 3337 |
|
|
this->u2_.object = NULL;
|
| 3338 |
|
|
}
|
| 3339 |
|
|
|
| 3340 |
|
|
// For an ordinary input section.
|
| 3341 |
|
|
Input_section(Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx, off_t data_size,
|
| 3342 |
|
|
uint64_t addralign)
|
| 3343 |
|
|
: shndx_(shndx),
|
| 3344 |
|
|
p2align_(ffsll(static_cast<long long>(addralign))),
|
| 3345 |
|
|
section_order_index_(0)
|
| 3346 |
|
|
{
|
| 3347 |
|
|
gold_assert(shndx != OUTPUT_SECTION_CODE
|
| 3348 |
|
|
&& shndx != MERGE_DATA_SECTION_CODE
|
| 3349 |
|
|
&& shndx != MERGE_STRING_SECTION_CODE
|
| 3350 |
|
|
&& shndx != RELAXED_INPUT_SECTION_CODE);
|
| 3351 |
|
|
this->u1_.data_size = data_size;
|
| 3352 |
|
|
this->u2_.object = object;
|
| 3353 |
|
|
}
|
| 3354 |
|
|
|
| 3355 |
|
|
// For a non-merge output section.
|
| 3356 |
|
|
Input_section(Output_section_data* posd)
|
| 3357 |
|
|
: shndx_(OUTPUT_SECTION_CODE), p2align_(0),
|
| 3358 |
|
|
section_order_index_(0)
|
| 3359 |
|
|
{
|
| 3360 |
|
|
this->u1_.data_size = 0;
|
| 3361 |
|
|
this->u2_.posd = posd;
|
| 3362 |
|
|
}
|
| 3363 |
|
|
|
| 3364 |
|
|
// For a merge section.
|
| 3365 |
|
|
Input_section(Output_section_data* posd, bool is_string, uint64_t entsize)
|
| 3366 |
|
|
: shndx_(is_string
|
| 3367 |
|
|
? MERGE_STRING_SECTION_CODE
|
| 3368 |
|
|
: MERGE_DATA_SECTION_CODE),
|
| 3369 |
|
|
p2align_(0),
|
| 3370 |
|
|
section_order_index_(0)
|
| 3371 |
|
|
{
|
| 3372 |
|
|
this->u1_.entsize = entsize;
|
| 3373 |
|
|
this->u2_.posd = posd;
|
| 3374 |
|
|
}
|
| 3375 |
|
|
|
| 3376 |
|
|
// For a relaxed input section.
|
| 3377 |
|
|
Input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section* psection)
|
| 3378 |
|
|
: shndx_(RELAXED_INPUT_SECTION_CODE), p2align_(0),
|
| 3379 |
|
|
section_order_index_(0)
|
| 3380 |
|
|
{
|
| 3381 |
|
|
this->u1_.data_size = 0;
|
| 3382 |
|
|
this->u2_.poris = psection;
|
| 3383 |
|
|
}
|
| 3384 |
|
|
|
| 3385 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 3386 |
|
|
section_order_index() const
|
| 3387 |
|
|
{
|
| 3388 |
|
|
return this->section_order_index_;
|
| 3389 |
|
|
}
|
| 3390 |
|
|
|
| 3391 |
|
|
void
|
| 3392 |
|
|
set_section_order_index(unsigned int number)
|
| 3393 |
|
|
{
|
| 3394 |
|
|
this->section_order_index_ = number;
|
| 3395 |
|
|
}
|
| 3396 |
|
|
|
| 3397 |
|
|
// The required alignment.
|
| 3398 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 3399 |
|
|
addralign() const
|
| 3400 |
|
|
{
|
| 3401 |
|
|
if (this->p2align_ != 0)
|
| 3402 |
|
|
return static_cast<uint64_t>(1) << (this->p2align_ - 1);
|
| 3403 |
|
|
else if (!this->is_input_section())
|
| 3404 |
|
|
return this->u2_.posd->addralign();
|
| 3405 |
|
|
else
|
| 3406 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3407 |
|
|
}
|
| 3408 |
|
|
|
| 3409 |
|
|
// Set the required alignment, which must be either 0 or a power of 2.
|
| 3410 |
|
|
// For input sections that are sub-classes of Output_section_data, a
|
| 3411 |
|
|
// alignment of zero means asking the underlying object for alignment.
|
| 3412 |
|
|
void
|
| 3413 |
|
|
set_addralign(uint64_t addralign)
|
| 3414 |
|
|
{
|
| 3415 |
|
|
if (addralign == 0)
|
| 3416 |
|
|
this->p2align_ = 0;
|
| 3417 |
|
|
else
|
| 3418 |
|
|
{
|
| 3419 |
|
|
gold_assert((addralign & (addralign - 1)) == 0);
|
| 3420 |
|
|
this->p2align_ = ffsll(static_cast<long long>(addralign));
|
| 3421 |
|
|
}
|
| 3422 |
|
|
}
|
| 3423 |
|
|
|
| 3424 |
|
|
// Return the current required size, without finalization.
|
| 3425 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 3426 |
|
|
current_data_size() const;
|
| 3427 |
|
|
|
| 3428 |
|
|
// Return the required size.
|
| 3429 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 3430 |
|
|
data_size() const;
|
| 3431 |
|
|
|
| 3432 |
|
|
// Whether this is an input section.
|
| 3433 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3434 |
|
|
is_input_section() const
|
| 3435 |
|
|
{
|
| 3436 |
|
|
return (this->shndx_ != OUTPUT_SECTION_CODE
|
| 3437 |
|
|
&& this->shndx_ != MERGE_DATA_SECTION_CODE
|
| 3438 |
|
|
&& this->shndx_ != MERGE_STRING_SECTION_CODE
|
| 3439 |
|
|
&& this->shndx_ != RELAXED_INPUT_SECTION_CODE);
|
| 3440 |
|
|
}
|
| 3441 |
|
|
|
| 3442 |
|
|
// Return whether this is a merge section which matches the
|
| 3443 |
|
|
// parameters.
|
| 3444 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3445 |
|
|
is_merge_section(bool is_string, uint64_t entsize,
|
| 3446 |
|
|
uint64_t addralign) const
|
| 3447 |
|
|
{
|
| 3448 |
|
|
return (this->shndx_ == (is_string
|
| 3449 |
|
|
? MERGE_STRING_SECTION_CODE
|
| 3450 |
|
|
: MERGE_DATA_SECTION_CODE)
|
| 3451 |
|
|
&& this->u1_.entsize == entsize
|
| 3452 |
|
|
&& this->addralign() == addralign);
|
| 3453 |
|
|
}
|
| 3454 |
|
|
|
| 3455 |
|
|
// Return whether this is a merge section for some input section.
|
| 3456 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3457 |
|
|
is_merge_section() const
|
| 3458 |
|
|
{
|
| 3459 |
|
|
return (this->shndx_ == MERGE_DATA_SECTION_CODE
|
| 3460 |
|
|
|| this->shndx_ == MERGE_STRING_SECTION_CODE);
|
| 3461 |
|
|
}
|
| 3462 |
|
|
|
| 3463 |
|
|
// Return whether this is a relaxed input section.
|
| 3464 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3465 |
|
|
is_relaxed_input_section() const
|
| 3466 |
|
|
{ return this->shndx_ == RELAXED_INPUT_SECTION_CODE; }
|
| 3467 |
|
|
|
| 3468 |
|
|
// Return whether this is a generic Output_section_data.
|
| 3469 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3470 |
|
|
is_output_section_data() const
|
| 3471 |
|
|
{
|
| 3472 |
|
|
return this->shndx_ == OUTPUT_SECTION_CODE;
|
| 3473 |
|
|
}
|
| 3474 |
|
|
|
| 3475 |
|
|
// Return the object for an input section.
|
| 3476 |
|
|
Relobj*
|
| 3477 |
|
|
relobj() const;
|
| 3478 |
|
|
|
| 3479 |
|
|
// Return the input section index for an input section.
|
| 3480 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 3481 |
|
|
shndx() const;
|
| 3482 |
|
|
|
| 3483 |
|
|
// For non-input-sections, return the associated Output_section_data
|
| 3484 |
|
|
// object.
|
| 3485 |
|
|
Output_section_data*
|
| 3486 |
|
|
output_section_data() const
|
| 3487 |
|
|
{
|
| 3488 |
|
|
gold_assert(!this->is_input_section());
|
| 3489 |
|
|
return this->u2_.posd;
|
| 3490 |
|
|
}
|
| 3491 |
|
|
|
| 3492 |
|
|
// For a merge section, return the Output_merge_base pointer.
|
| 3493 |
|
|
Output_merge_base*
|
| 3494 |
|
|
output_merge_base() const
|
| 3495 |
|
|
{
|
| 3496 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->is_merge_section());
|
| 3497 |
|
|
return this->u2_.pomb;
|
| 3498 |
|
|
}
|
| 3499 |
|
|
|
| 3500 |
|
|
// Return the Output_relaxed_input_section object.
|
| 3501 |
|
|
Output_relaxed_input_section*
|
| 3502 |
|
|
relaxed_input_section() const
|
| 3503 |
|
|
{
|
| 3504 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->is_relaxed_input_section());
|
| 3505 |
|
|
return this->u2_.poris;
|
| 3506 |
|
|
}
|
| 3507 |
|
|
|
| 3508 |
|
|
// Set the output section.
|
| 3509 |
|
|
void
|
| 3510 |
|
|
set_output_section(Output_section* os)
|
| 3511 |
|
|
{
|
| 3512 |
|
|
gold_assert(!this->is_input_section());
|
| 3513 |
|
|
Output_section_data* posd =
|
| 3514 |
|
|
this->is_relaxed_input_section() ? this->u2_.poris : this->u2_.posd;
|
| 3515 |
|
|
posd->set_output_section(os);
|
| 3516 |
|
|
}
|
| 3517 |
|
|
|
| 3518 |
|
|
// Set the address and file offset. This is called during
|
| 3519 |
|
|
// Layout::finalize. SECTION_FILE_OFFSET is the file offset of
|
| 3520 |
|
|
// the enclosing section.
|
| 3521 |
|
|
void
|
| 3522 |
|
|
set_address_and_file_offset(uint64_t address, off_t file_offset,
|
| 3523 |
|
|
off_t section_file_offset);
|
| 3524 |
|
|
|
| 3525 |
|
|
// Reset the address and file offset.
|
| 3526 |
|
|
void
|
| 3527 |
|
|
reset_address_and_file_offset();
|
| 3528 |
|
|
|
| 3529 |
|
|
// Finalize the data size.
|
| 3530 |
|
|
void
|
| 3531 |
|
|
finalize_data_size();
|
| 3532 |
|
|
|
| 3533 |
|
|
// Add an input section, for SHF_MERGE sections.
|
| 3534 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3535 |
|
|
add_input_section(Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx)
|
| 3536 |
|
|
{
|
| 3537 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->shndx_ == MERGE_DATA_SECTION_CODE
|
| 3538 |
|
|
|| this->shndx_ == MERGE_STRING_SECTION_CODE);
|
| 3539 |
|
|
return this->u2_.posd->add_input_section(object, shndx);
|
| 3540 |
|
|
}
|
| 3541 |
|
|
|
| 3542 |
|
|
// Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
|
| 3543 |
|
|
// object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
|
| 3544 |
|
|
// section, return whether or not the output offset is known. If
|
| 3545 |
|
|
// this function returns true, it sets *POUTPUT to the offset in
|
| 3546 |
|
|
// the output section, relative to the start of the input section
|
| 3547 |
|
|
// in the output section. *POUTPUT may be different from OFFSET
|
| 3548 |
|
|
// for a merged section.
|
| 3549 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3550 |
|
|
output_offset(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx,
|
| 3551 |
|
|
section_offset_type offset,
|
| 3552 |
|
|
section_offset_type* poutput) const;
|
| 3553 |
|
|
|
| 3554 |
|
|
// Return whether this is the merge section for the input section
|
| 3555 |
|
|
// SHNDX in OBJECT.
|
| 3556 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3557 |
|
|
is_merge_section_for(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx) const;
|
| 3558 |
|
|
|
| 3559 |
|
|
// Write out the data. This does nothing for an input section.
|
| 3560 |
|
|
void
|
| 3561 |
|
|
write(Output_file*);
|
| 3562 |
|
|
|
| 3563 |
|
|
// Write the data to a buffer. This does nothing for an input
|
| 3564 |
|
|
// section.
|
| 3565 |
|
|
void
|
| 3566 |
|
|
write_to_buffer(unsigned char*);
|
| 3567 |
|
|
|
| 3568 |
|
|
// Print to a map file.
|
| 3569 |
|
|
void
|
| 3570 |
|
|
print_to_mapfile(Mapfile*) const;
|
| 3571 |
|
|
|
| 3572 |
|
|
// Print statistics about merge sections to stderr.
|
| 3573 |
|
|
void
|
| 3574 |
|
|
print_merge_stats(const char* section_name)
|
| 3575 |
|
|
{
|
| 3576 |
|
|
if (this->shndx_ == MERGE_DATA_SECTION_CODE
|
| 3577 |
|
|
|| this->shndx_ == MERGE_STRING_SECTION_CODE)
|
| 3578 |
|
|
this->u2_.posd->print_merge_stats(section_name);
|
| 3579 |
|
|
}
|
| 3580 |
|
|
|
| 3581 |
|
|
private:
|
| 3582 |
|
|
// Code values which appear in shndx_. If the value is not one of
|
| 3583 |
|
|
// these codes, it is the input section index in the object file.
|
| 3584 |
|
|
enum
|
| 3585 |
|
|
{
|
| 3586 |
|
|
// An Output_section_data.
|
| 3587 |
|
|
OUTPUT_SECTION_CODE = -1U,
|
| 3588 |
|
|
// An Output_section_data for an SHF_MERGE section with
|
| 3589 |
|
|
// SHF_STRINGS not set.
|
| 3590 |
|
|
MERGE_DATA_SECTION_CODE = -2U,
|
| 3591 |
|
|
// An Output_section_data for an SHF_MERGE section with
|
| 3592 |
|
|
// SHF_STRINGS set.
|
| 3593 |
|
|
MERGE_STRING_SECTION_CODE = -3U,
|
| 3594 |
|
|
// An Output_section_data for a relaxed input section.
|
| 3595 |
|
|
RELAXED_INPUT_SECTION_CODE = -4U
|
| 3596 |
|
|
};
|
| 3597 |
|
|
|
| 3598 |
|
|
// For an ordinary input section, this is the section index in the
|
| 3599 |
|
|
// input file. For an Output_section_data, this is
|
| 3600 |
|
|
// OUTPUT_SECTION_CODE or MERGE_DATA_SECTION_CODE or
|
| 3601 |
|
|
// MERGE_STRING_SECTION_CODE.
|
| 3602 |
|
|
unsigned int shndx_;
|
| 3603 |
|
|
// The required alignment, stored as a power of 2.
|
| 3604 |
|
|
unsigned int p2align_;
|
| 3605 |
|
|
union
|
| 3606 |
|
|
{
|
| 3607 |
|
|
// For an ordinary input section, the section size.
|
| 3608 |
|
|
off_t data_size;
|
| 3609 |
|
|
// For OUTPUT_SECTION_CODE or RELAXED_INPUT_SECTION_CODE, this is not
|
| 3610 |
|
|
// used. For MERGE_DATA_SECTION_CODE or MERGE_STRING_SECTION_CODE, the
|
| 3611 |
|
|
// entity size.
|
| 3612 |
|
|
uint64_t entsize;
|
| 3613 |
|
|
} u1_;
|
| 3614 |
|
|
union
|
| 3615 |
|
|
{
|
| 3616 |
|
|
// For an ordinary input section, the object which holds the
|
| 3617 |
|
|
// input section.
|
| 3618 |
|
|
Relobj* object;
|
| 3619 |
|
|
// For OUTPUT_SECTION_CODE or MERGE_DATA_SECTION_CODE or
|
| 3620 |
|
|
// MERGE_STRING_SECTION_CODE, the data.
|
| 3621 |
|
|
Output_section_data* posd;
|
| 3622 |
|
|
Output_merge_base* pomb;
|
| 3623 |
|
|
// For RELAXED_INPUT_SECTION_CODE, the data.
|
| 3624 |
|
|
Output_relaxed_input_section* poris;
|
| 3625 |
|
|
} u2_;
|
| 3626 |
|
|
// The line number of the pattern it matches in the --section-ordering-file
|
| 3627 |
|
|
// file. It is 0 if does not match any pattern.
|
| 3628 |
|
|
unsigned int section_order_index_;
|
| 3629 |
|
|
};
|
| 3630 |
|
|
|
| 3631 |
|
|
// Store the list of input sections for this Output_section into the
|
| 3632 |
|
|
// list passed in. This removes the input sections, leaving only
|
| 3633 |
|
|
// any Output_section_data elements. This returns the size of those
|
| 3634 |
|
|
// Output_section_data elements. ADDRESS is the address of this
|
| 3635 |
|
|
// output section. FILL is the fill value to use, in case there are
|
| 3636 |
|
|
// any spaces between the remaining Output_section_data elements.
|
| 3637 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 3638 |
|
|
get_input_sections(uint64_t address, const std::string& fill,
|
| 3639 |
|
|
std::list<Input_section>*);
|
| 3640 |
|
|
|
| 3641 |
|
|
// Add a script input section. A script input section can either be
|
| 3642 |
|
|
// a plain input section or a sub-class of Output_section_data.
|
| 3643 |
|
|
void
|
| 3644 |
|
|
add_script_input_section(const Input_section& input_section);
|
| 3645 |
|
|
|
| 3646 |
|
|
// Set the current size of the output section.
|
| 3647 |
|
|
void
|
| 3648 |
|
|
set_current_data_size(off_t size)
|
| 3649 |
|
|
{ this->set_current_data_size_for_child(size); }
|
| 3650 |
|
|
|
| 3651 |
|
|
// End of linker script support.
|
| 3652 |
|
|
|
| 3653 |
|
|
// Save states before doing section layout.
|
| 3654 |
|
|
// This is used for relaxation.
|
| 3655 |
|
|
void
|
| 3656 |
|
|
save_states();
|
| 3657 |
|
|
|
| 3658 |
|
|
// Restore states prior to section layout.
|
| 3659 |
|
|
void
|
| 3660 |
|
|
restore_states();
|
| 3661 |
|
|
|
| 3662 |
|
|
// Discard states.
|
| 3663 |
|
|
void
|
| 3664 |
|
|
discard_states();
|
| 3665 |
|
|
|
| 3666 |
|
|
// Convert existing input sections to relaxed input sections.
|
| 3667 |
|
|
void
|
| 3668 |
|
|
convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(
|
| 3669 |
|
|
const std::vector<Output_relaxed_input_section*>& sections);
|
| 3670 |
|
|
|
| 3671 |
|
|
// Find a relaxed input section to an input section in OBJECT
|
| 3672 |
|
|
// with index SHNDX. Return NULL if none is found.
|
| 3673 |
|
|
const Output_relaxed_input_section*
|
| 3674 |
|
|
find_relaxed_input_section(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx) const;
|
| 3675 |
|
|
|
| 3676 |
|
|
// Whether section offsets need adjustment due to relaxation.
|
| 3677 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3678 |
|
|
section_offsets_need_adjustment() const
|
| 3679 |
|
|
{ return this->section_offsets_need_adjustment_; }
|
| 3680 |
|
|
|
| 3681 |
|
|
// Set section_offsets_need_adjustment to be true.
|
| 3682 |
|
|
void
|
| 3683 |
|
|
set_section_offsets_need_adjustment()
|
| 3684 |
|
|
{ this->section_offsets_need_adjustment_ = true; }
|
| 3685 |
|
|
|
| 3686 |
|
|
// Adjust section offsets of input sections in this. This is
|
| 3687 |
|
|
// requires if relaxation caused some input sections to change sizes.
|
| 3688 |
|
|
void
|
| 3689 |
|
|
adjust_section_offsets();
|
| 3690 |
|
|
|
| 3691 |
|
|
// Whether this is a NOLOAD section.
|
| 3692 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3693 |
|
|
is_noload() const
|
| 3694 |
|
|
{ return this->is_noload_; }
|
| 3695 |
|
|
|
| 3696 |
|
|
// Set NOLOAD flag.
|
| 3697 |
|
|
void
|
| 3698 |
|
|
set_is_noload()
|
| 3699 |
|
|
{ this->is_noload_ = true; }
|
| 3700 |
|
|
|
| 3701 |
|
|
// Print merge statistics to stderr.
|
| 3702 |
|
|
void
|
| 3703 |
|
|
print_merge_stats();
|
| 3704 |
|
|
|
| 3705 |
|
|
// Set a fixed layout for the section. Used for incremental update links.
|
| 3706 |
|
|
void
|
| 3707 |
|
|
set_fixed_layout(uint64_t sh_addr, off_t sh_offset, off_t sh_size,
|
| 3708 |
|
|
uint64_t sh_addralign);
|
| 3709 |
|
|
|
| 3710 |
|
|
// Return TRUE if the section has a fixed layout.
|
| 3711 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3712 |
|
|
has_fixed_layout() const
|
| 3713 |
|
|
{ return this->has_fixed_layout_; }
|
| 3714 |
|
|
|
| 3715 |
159 |
khays |
// Set flag to allow patch space for this section. Used for full
|
| 3716 |
|
|
// incremental links.
|
| 3717 |
|
|
void
|
| 3718 |
|
|
set_is_patch_space_allowed()
|
| 3719 |
|
|
{ this->is_patch_space_allowed_ = true; }
|
| 3720 |
|
|
|
| 3721 |
|
|
// Set a fill method to use for free space left in the output section
|
| 3722 |
|
|
// during incremental links.
|
| 3723 |
|
|
void
|
| 3724 |
|
|
set_free_space_fill(Output_fill* free_space_fill)
|
| 3725 |
|
|
{
|
| 3726 |
|
|
this->free_space_fill_ = free_space_fill;
|
| 3727 |
|
|
this->free_list_.set_min_hole_size(free_space_fill->minimum_hole_size());
|
| 3728 |
|
|
}
|
| 3729 |
|
|
|
| 3730 |
27 |
khays |
// Reserve space within the fixed layout for the section. Used for
|
| 3731 |
|
|
// incremental update links.
|
| 3732 |
|
|
void
|
| 3733 |
|
|
reserve(uint64_t sh_offset, uint64_t sh_size);
|
| 3734 |
|
|
|
| 3735 |
148 |
khays |
// Allocate space from the free list for the section. Used for
|
| 3736 |
|
|
// incremental update links.
|
| 3737 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 3738 |
|
|
allocate(off_t len, uint64_t addralign);
|
| 3739 |
|
|
|
| 3740 |
27 |
khays |
protected:
|
| 3741 |
|
|
// Return the output section--i.e., the object itself.
|
| 3742 |
|
|
Output_section*
|
| 3743 |
|
|
do_output_section()
|
| 3744 |
|
|
{ return this; }
|
| 3745 |
|
|
|
| 3746 |
|
|
const Output_section*
|
| 3747 |
|
|
do_output_section() const
|
| 3748 |
|
|
{ return this; }
|
| 3749 |
|
|
|
| 3750 |
|
|
// Return the section index in the output file.
|
| 3751 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 3752 |
|
|
do_out_shndx() const
|
| 3753 |
|
|
{
|
| 3754 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->out_shndx_ != -1U);
|
| 3755 |
|
|
return this->out_shndx_;
|
| 3756 |
|
|
}
|
| 3757 |
|
|
|
| 3758 |
|
|
// Set the output section index.
|
| 3759 |
|
|
void
|
| 3760 |
|
|
do_set_out_shndx(unsigned int shndx)
|
| 3761 |
|
|
{
|
| 3762 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->out_shndx_ == -1U || this->out_shndx_ == shndx);
|
| 3763 |
|
|
this->out_shndx_ = shndx;
|
| 3764 |
|
|
}
|
| 3765 |
|
|
|
| 3766 |
|
|
// Update the data size of the Output_section. For a typical
|
| 3767 |
|
|
// Output_section, there is nothing to do, but if there are any
|
| 3768 |
|
|
// Output_section_data objects we need to do a trial layout
|
| 3769 |
|
|
// here.
|
| 3770 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 3771 |
|
|
update_data_size();
|
| 3772 |
|
|
|
| 3773 |
|
|
// Set the final data size of the Output_section. For a typical
|
| 3774 |
|
|
// Output_section, there is nothing to do, but if there are any
|
| 3775 |
|
|
// Output_section_data objects we need to set their final addresses
|
| 3776 |
|
|
// here.
|
| 3777 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 3778 |
|
|
set_final_data_size();
|
| 3779 |
|
|
|
| 3780 |
|
|
// Reset the address and file offset.
|
| 3781 |
|
|
void
|
| 3782 |
|
|
do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
|
| 3783 |
|
|
|
| 3784 |
|
|
// Return true if address and file offset already have reset values. In
|
| 3785 |
|
|
// other words, calling reset_address_and_file_offset will not change them.
|
| 3786 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3787 |
|
|
do_address_and_file_offset_have_reset_values() const;
|
| 3788 |
|
|
|
| 3789 |
|
|
// Write the data to the file. For a typical Output_section, this
|
| 3790 |
|
|
// does nothing: the data is written out by calling Object::Relocate
|
| 3791 |
|
|
// on each input object. But if there are any Output_section_data
|
| 3792 |
|
|
// objects we do need to write them out here.
|
| 3793 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 3794 |
|
|
do_write(Output_file*);
|
| 3795 |
|
|
|
| 3796 |
|
|
// Return the address alignment--function required by parent class.
|
| 3797 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 3798 |
|
|
do_addralign() const
|
| 3799 |
|
|
{ return this->addralign_; }
|
| 3800 |
|
|
|
| 3801 |
|
|
// Return whether there is a load address.
|
| 3802 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3803 |
|
|
do_has_load_address() const
|
| 3804 |
|
|
{ return this->has_load_address_; }
|
| 3805 |
|
|
|
| 3806 |
|
|
// Return the load address.
|
| 3807 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 3808 |
|
|
do_load_address() const
|
| 3809 |
|
|
{
|
| 3810 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->has_load_address_);
|
| 3811 |
|
|
return this->load_address_;
|
| 3812 |
|
|
}
|
| 3813 |
|
|
|
| 3814 |
|
|
// Return whether this is an Output_section.
|
| 3815 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3816 |
|
|
do_is_section() const
|
| 3817 |
|
|
{ return true; }
|
| 3818 |
|
|
|
| 3819 |
|
|
// Return whether this is a section of the specified type.
|
| 3820 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3821 |
|
|
do_is_section_type(elfcpp::Elf_Word type) const
|
| 3822 |
|
|
{ return this->type_ == type; }
|
| 3823 |
|
|
|
| 3824 |
|
|
// Return whether the specified section flag is set.
|
| 3825 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3826 |
|
|
do_is_section_flag_set(elfcpp::Elf_Xword flag) const
|
| 3827 |
|
|
{ return (this->flags_ & flag) != 0; }
|
| 3828 |
|
|
|
| 3829 |
|
|
// Set the TLS offset. Called only for SHT_TLS sections.
|
| 3830 |
|
|
void
|
| 3831 |
|
|
do_set_tls_offset(uint64_t tls_base);
|
| 3832 |
|
|
|
| 3833 |
|
|
// Return the TLS offset, relative to the base of the TLS segment.
|
| 3834 |
|
|
// Valid only for SHT_TLS sections.
|
| 3835 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 3836 |
|
|
do_tls_offset() const
|
| 3837 |
|
|
{ return this->tls_offset_; }
|
| 3838 |
|
|
|
| 3839 |
|
|
// This may be implemented by a child class.
|
| 3840 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 3841 |
|
|
do_finalize_name(Layout*)
|
| 3842 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 3843 |
|
|
|
| 3844 |
|
|
// Print to the map file.
|
| 3845 |
|
|
virtual void
|
| 3846 |
|
|
do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile*) const;
|
| 3847 |
|
|
|
| 3848 |
|
|
// Record that this section requires postprocessing after all
|
| 3849 |
|
|
// relocations have been applied. This is called by a child class.
|
| 3850 |
|
|
void
|
| 3851 |
|
|
set_requires_postprocessing()
|
| 3852 |
|
|
{
|
| 3853 |
|
|
this->requires_postprocessing_ = true;
|
| 3854 |
|
|
this->after_input_sections_ = true;
|
| 3855 |
|
|
}
|
| 3856 |
|
|
|
| 3857 |
|
|
// Write all the data of an Output_section into the postprocessing
|
| 3858 |
|
|
// buffer.
|
| 3859 |
|
|
void
|
| 3860 |
|
|
write_to_postprocessing_buffer();
|
| 3861 |
|
|
|
| 3862 |
|
|
typedef std::vector<Input_section> Input_section_list;
|
| 3863 |
|
|
|
| 3864 |
|
|
// Allow a child class to access the input sections.
|
| 3865 |
|
|
const Input_section_list&
|
| 3866 |
|
|
input_sections() const
|
| 3867 |
|
|
{ return this->input_sections_; }
|
| 3868 |
|
|
|
| 3869 |
|
|
// Whether this always keeps an input section list
|
| 3870 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3871 |
|
|
always_keeps_input_sections() const
|
| 3872 |
|
|
{ return this->always_keeps_input_sections_; }
|
| 3873 |
|
|
|
| 3874 |
|
|
// Always keep an input section list.
|
| 3875 |
|
|
void
|
| 3876 |
|
|
set_always_keeps_input_sections()
|
| 3877 |
|
|
{
|
| 3878 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->current_data_size_for_child() == 0);
|
| 3879 |
|
|
this->always_keeps_input_sections_ = true;
|
| 3880 |
|
|
}
|
| 3881 |
|
|
|
| 3882 |
|
|
private:
|
| 3883 |
|
|
// We only save enough information to undo the effects of section layout.
|
| 3884 |
|
|
class Checkpoint_output_section
|
| 3885 |
|
|
{
|
| 3886 |
|
|
public:
|
| 3887 |
|
|
Checkpoint_output_section(uint64_t addralign, elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags,
|
| 3888 |
|
|
const Input_section_list& input_sections,
|
| 3889 |
|
|
off_t first_input_offset,
|
| 3890 |
|
|
bool attached_input_sections_are_sorted)
|
| 3891 |
|
|
: addralign_(addralign), flags_(flags),
|
| 3892 |
|
|
input_sections_(input_sections),
|
| 3893 |
|
|
input_sections_size_(input_sections_.size()),
|
| 3894 |
|
|
input_sections_copy_(), first_input_offset_(first_input_offset),
|
| 3895 |
|
|
attached_input_sections_are_sorted_(attached_input_sections_are_sorted)
|
| 3896 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 3897 |
|
|
|
| 3898 |
|
|
virtual
|
| 3899 |
|
|
~Checkpoint_output_section()
|
| 3900 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 3901 |
|
|
|
| 3902 |
|
|
// Return the address alignment.
|
| 3903 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 3904 |
|
|
addralign() const
|
| 3905 |
|
|
{ return this->addralign_; }
|
| 3906 |
|
|
|
| 3907 |
|
|
// Return the section flags.
|
| 3908 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Xword
|
| 3909 |
|
|
flags() const
|
| 3910 |
|
|
{ return this->flags_; }
|
| 3911 |
|
|
|
| 3912 |
|
|
// Return a reference to the input section list copy.
|
| 3913 |
|
|
Input_section_list*
|
| 3914 |
|
|
input_sections()
|
| 3915 |
|
|
{ return &this->input_sections_copy_; }
|
| 3916 |
|
|
|
| 3917 |
|
|
// Return the size of input_sections at the time when checkpoint is
|
| 3918 |
|
|
// taken.
|
| 3919 |
|
|
size_t
|
| 3920 |
|
|
input_sections_size() const
|
| 3921 |
|
|
{ return this->input_sections_size_; }
|
| 3922 |
|
|
|
| 3923 |
|
|
// Whether input sections are copied.
|
| 3924 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3925 |
|
|
input_sections_saved() const
|
| 3926 |
|
|
{ return this->input_sections_copy_.size() == this->input_sections_size_; }
|
| 3927 |
|
|
|
| 3928 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 3929 |
|
|
first_input_offset() const
|
| 3930 |
|
|
{ return this->first_input_offset_; }
|
| 3931 |
|
|
|
| 3932 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3933 |
|
|
attached_input_sections_are_sorted() const
|
| 3934 |
|
|
{ return this->attached_input_sections_are_sorted_; }
|
| 3935 |
|
|
|
| 3936 |
|
|
// Save input sections.
|
| 3937 |
|
|
void
|
| 3938 |
|
|
save_input_sections()
|
| 3939 |
|
|
{
|
| 3940 |
|
|
this->input_sections_copy_.reserve(this->input_sections_size_);
|
| 3941 |
|
|
this->input_sections_copy_.clear();
|
| 3942 |
|
|
Input_section_list::const_iterator p = this->input_sections_.begin();
|
| 3943 |
|
|
gold_assert(this->input_sections_size_ >= this->input_sections_.size());
|
| 3944 |
|
|
for(size_t i = 0; i < this->input_sections_size_ ; i++, ++p)
|
| 3945 |
|
|
this->input_sections_copy_.push_back(*p);
|
| 3946 |
|
|
}
|
| 3947 |
|
|
|
| 3948 |
|
|
private:
|
| 3949 |
|
|
// The section alignment.
|
| 3950 |
|
|
uint64_t addralign_;
|
| 3951 |
|
|
// The section flags.
|
| 3952 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags_;
|
| 3953 |
|
|
// Reference to the input sections to be checkpointed.
|
| 3954 |
|
|
const Input_section_list& input_sections_;
|
| 3955 |
|
|
// Size of the checkpointed portion of input_sections_;
|
| 3956 |
|
|
size_t input_sections_size_;
|
| 3957 |
|
|
// Copy of input sections.
|
| 3958 |
|
|
Input_section_list input_sections_copy_;
|
| 3959 |
|
|
// The offset of the first entry in input_sections_.
|
| 3960 |
|
|
off_t first_input_offset_;
|
| 3961 |
|
|
// True if the input sections attached to this output section have
|
| 3962 |
|
|
// already been sorted.
|
| 3963 |
|
|
bool attached_input_sections_are_sorted_;
|
| 3964 |
|
|
};
|
| 3965 |
|
|
|
| 3966 |
|
|
// This class is used to sort the input sections.
|
| 3967 |
|
|
class Input_section_sort_entry;
|
| 3968 |
|
|
|
| 3969 |
|
|
// This is the sort comparison function for ctors and dtors.
|
| 3970 |
|
|
struct Input_section_sort_compare
|
| 3971 |
|
|
{
|
| 3972 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3973 |
|
|
operator()(const Input_section_sort_entry&,
|
| 3974 |
|
|
const Input_section_sort_entry&) const;
|
| 3975 |
|
|
};
|
| 3976 |
|
|
|
| 3977 |
|
|
// This is the sort comparison function for .init_array and .fini_array.
|
| 3978 |
|
|
struct Input_section_sort_init_fini_compare
|
| 3979 |
|
|
{
|
| 3980 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3981 |
|
|
operator()(const Input_section_sort_entry&,
|
| 3982 |
|
|
const Input_section_sort_entry&) const;
|
| 3983 |
|
|
};
|
| 3984 |
|
|
|
| 3985 |
|
|
// This is the sort comparison function when a section order is specified
|
| 3986 |
|
|
// from an input file.
|
| 3987 |
|
|
struct Input_section_sort_section_order_index_compare
|
| 3988 |
|
|
{
|
| 3989 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3990 |
|
|
operator()(const Input_section_sort_entry&,
|
| 3991 |
|
|
const Input_section_sort_entry&) const;
|
| 3992 |
|
|
};
|
| 3993 |
|
|
|
| 3994 |
|
|
// Fill data. This is used to fill in data between input sections.
|
| 3995 |
|
|
// It is also used for data statements (BYTE, WORD, etc.) in linker
|
| 3996 |
|
|
// scripts. When we have to keep track of the input sections, we
|
| 3997 |
|
|
// can use an Output_data_const, but we don't want to have to keep
|
| 3998 |
|
|
// track of input sections just to implement fills.
|
| 3999 |
|
|
class Fill
|
| 4000 |
|
|
{
|
| 4001 |
|
|
public:
|
| 4002 |
|
|
Fill(off_t section_offset, off_t length)
|
| 4003 |
|
|
: section_offset_(section_offset),
|
| 4004 |
|
|
length_(convert_to_section_size_type(length))
|
| 4005 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 4006 |
|
|
|
| 4007 |
|
|
// Return section offset.
|
| 4008 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 4009 |
|
|
section_offset() const
|
| 4010 |
|
|
{ return this->section_offset_; }
|
| 4011 |
|
|
|
| 4012 |
|
|
// Return fill length.
|
| 4013 |
|
|
section_size_type
|
| 4014 |
|
|
length() const
|
| 4015 |
|
|
{ return this->length_; }
|
| 4016 |
|
|
|
| 4017 |
|
|
private:
|
| 4018 |
|
|
// The offset within the output section.
|
| 4019 |
|
|
off_t section_offset_;
|
| 4020 |
|
|
// The length of the space to fill.
|
| 4021 |
|
|
section_size_type length_;
|
| 4022 |
|
|
};
|
| 4023 |
|
|
|
| 4024 |
|
|
typedef std::vector<Fill> Fill_list;
|
| 4025 |
|
|
|
| 4026 |
|
|
// Map used during relaxation of existing sections. This map
|
| 4027 |
|
|
// a section id an input section list index. We assume that
|
| 4028 |
|
|
// Input_section_list is a vector.
|
| 4029 |
|
|
typedef Unordered_map<Section_id, size_t, Section_id_hash> Relaxation_map;
|
| 4030 |
|
|
|
| 4031 |
|
|
// Add a new output section by Input_section.
|
| 4032 |
|
|
void
|
| 4033 |
|
|
add_output_section_data(Input_section*);
|
| 4034 |
|
|
|
| 4035 |
|
|
// Add an SHF_MERGE input section. Returns true if the section was
|
| 4036 |
|
|
// handled. If KEEPS_INPUT_SECTIONS is true, the output merge section
|
| 4037 |
|
|
// stores information about the merged input sections.
|
| 4038 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4039 |
|
|
add_merge_input_section(Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx, uint64_t flags,
|
| 4040 |
|
|
uint64_t entsize, uint64_t addralign,
|
| 4041 |
|
|
bool keeps_input_sections);
|
| 4042 |
|
|
|
| 4043 |
|
|
// Add an output SHF_MERGE section POSD to this output section.
|
| 4044 |
|
|
// IS_STRING indicates whether it is a SHF_STRINGS section, and
|
| 4045 |
|
|
// ENTSIZE is the entity size. This returns the entry added to
|
| 4046 |
|
|
// input_sections_.
|
| 4047 |
|
|
void
|
| 4048 |
|
|
add_output_merge_section(Output_section_data* posd, bool is_string,
|
| 4049 |
|
|
uint64_t entsize);
|
| 4050 |
|
|
|
| 4051 |
|
|
// Sort the attached input sections.
|
| 4052 |
|
|
void
|
| 4053 |
|
|
sort_attached_input_sections();
|
| 4054 |
|
|
|
| 4055 |
|
|
// Find the merge section into which an input section with index SHNDX in
|
| 4056 |
|
|
// OBJECT has been added. Return NULL if none found.
|
| 4057 |
|
|
Output_section_data*
|
| 4058 |
|
|
find_merge_section(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx) const;
|
| 4059 |
|
|
|
| 4060 |
|
|
// Build a relaxation map.
|
| 4061 |
|
|
void
|
| 4062 |
|
|
build_relaxation_map(
|
| 4063 |
|
|
const Input_section_list& input_sections,
|
| 4064 |
|
|
size_t limit,
|
| 4065 |
|
|
Relaxation_map* map) const;
|
| 4066 |
|
|
|
| 4067 |
|
|
// Convert input sections in an input section list into relaxed sections.
|
| 4068 |
|
|
void
|
| 4069 |
|
|
convert_input_sections_in_list_to_relaxed_sections(
|
| 4070 |
|
|
const std::vector<Output_relaxed_input_section*>& relaxed_sections,
|
| 4071 |
|
|
const Relaxation_map& map,
|
| 4072 |
|
|
Input_section_list* input_sections);
|
| 4073 |
|
|
|
| 4074 |
|
|
// Build the lookup maps for merge and relaxed input sections.
|
| 4075 |
|
|
void
|
| 4076 |
|
|
build_lookup_maps() const;
|
| 4077 |
|
|
|
| 4078 |
|
|
// Most of these fields are only valid after layout.
|
| 4079 |
|
|
|
| 4080 |
|
|
// The name of the section. This will point into a Stringpool.
|
| 4081 |
|
|
const char* name_;
|
| 4082 |
|
|
// The section address is in the parent class.
|
| 4083 |
|
|
// The section alignment.
|
| 4084 |
|
|
uint64_t addralign_;
|
| 4085 |
|
|
// The section entry size.
|
| 4086 |
|
|
uint64_t entsize_;
|
| 4087 |
|
|
// The load address. This is only used when using a linker script
|
| 4088 |
|
|
// with a SECTIONS clause. The has_load_address_ field indicates
|
| 4089 |
|
|
// whether this field is valid.
|
| 4090 |
|
|
uint64_t load_address_;
|
| 4091 |
|
|
// The file offset is in the parent class.
|
| 4092 |
|
|
// Set the section link field to the index of this section.
|
| 4093 |
|
|
const Output_data* link_section_;
|
| 4094 |
|
|
// If link_section_ is NULL, this is the link field.
|
| 4095 |
|
|
unsigned int link_;
|
| 4096 |
|
|
// Set the section info field to the index of this section.
|
| 4097 |
|
|
const Output_section* info_section_;
|
| 4098 |
|
|
// If info_section_ is NULL, set the info field to the symbol table
|
| 4099 |
|
|
// index of this symbol.
|
| 4100 |
|
|
const Symbol* info_symndx_;
|
| 4101 |
|
|
// If info_section_ and info_symndx_ are NULL, this is the section
|
| 4102 |
|
|
// info field.
|
| 4103 |
|
|
unsigned int info_;
|
| 4104 |
|
|
// The section type.
|
| 4105 |
|
|
const elfcpp::Elf_Word type_;
|
| 4106 |
|
|
// The section flags.
|
| 4107 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags_;
|
| 4108 |
|
|
// The order of this section in the output segment.
|
| 4109 |
|
|
Output_section_order order_;
|
| 4110 |
|
|
// The section index.
|
| 4111 |
|
|
unsigned int out_shndx_;
|
| 4112 |
|
|
// If there is a STT_SECTION for this output section in the normal
|
| 4113 |
|
|
// symbol table, this is the symbol index. This starts out as zero.
|
| 4114 |
|
|
// It is initialized in Layout::finalize() to be the index, or -1U
|
| 4115 |
|
|
// if there isn't one.
|
| 4116 |
|
|
unsigned int symtab_index_;
|
| 4117 |
|
|
// If there is a STT_SECTION for this output section in the dynamic
|
| 4118 |
|
|
// symbol table, this is the symbol index. This starts out as zero.
|
| 4119 |
|
|
// It is initialized in Layout::finalize() to be the index, or -1U
|
| 4120 |
|
|
// if there isn't one.
|
| 4121 |
|
|
unsigned int dynsym_index_;
|
| 4122 |
|
|
// The input sections. This will be empty in cases where we don't
|
| 4123 |
|
|
// need to keep track of them.
|
| 4124 |
|
|
Input_section_list input_sections_;
|
| 4125 |
|
|
// The offset of the first entry in input_sections_.
|
| 4126 |
|
|
off_t first_input_offset_;
|
| 4127 |
|
|
// The fill data. This is separate from input_sections_ because we
|
| 4128 |
|
|
// often will need fill sections without needing to keep track of
|
| 4129 |
|
|
// input sections.
|
| 4130 |
|
|
Fill_list fills_;
|
| 4131 |
|
|
// If the section requires postprocessing, this buffer holds the
|
| 4132 |
|
|
// section contents during relocation.
|
| 4133 |
|
|
unsigned char* postprocessing_buffer_;
|
| 4134 |
|
|
// Whether this output section needs a STT_SECTION symbol in the
|
| 4135 |
|
|
// normal symbol table. This will be true if there is a relocation
|
| 4136 |
|
|
// which needs it.
|
| 4137 |
|
|
bool needs_symtab_index_ : 1;
|
| 4138 |
|
|
// Whether this output section needs a STT_SECTION symbol in the
|
| 4139 |
|
|
// dynamic symbol table. This will be true if there is a dynamic
|
| 4140 |
|
|
// relocation which needs it.
|
| 4141 |
|
|
bool needs_dynsym_index_ : 1;
|
| 4142 |
|
|
// Whether the link field of this output section should point to the
|
| 4143 |
|
|
// normal symbol table.
|
| 4144 |
|
|
bool should_link_to_symtab_ : 1;
|
| 4145 |
|
|
// Whether the link field of this output section should point to the
|
| 4146 |
|
|
// dynamic symbol table.
|
| 4147 |
|
|
bool should_link_to_dynsym_ : 1;
|
| 4148 |
|
|
// Whether this section should be written after all the input
|
| 4149 |
|
|
// sections are complete.
|
| 4150 |
|
|
bool after_input_sections_ : 1;
|
| 4151 |
|
|
// Whether this section requires post processing after all
|
| 4152 |
|
|
// relocations have been applied.
|
| 4153 |
|
|
bool requires_postprocessing_ : 1;
|
| 4154 |
|
|
// Whether an input section was mapped to this output section
|
| 4155 |
|
|
// because of a SECTIONS clause in a linker script.
|
| 4156 |
|
|
bool found_in_sections_clause_ : 1;
|
| 4157 |
|
|
// Whether this section has an explicitly specified load address.
|
| 4158 |
|
|
bool has_load_address_ : 1;
|
| 4159 |
|
|
// True if the info_section_ field means the section index of the
|
| 4160 |
|
|
// section, false if it means the symbol index of the corresponding
|
| 4161 |
|
|
// section symbol.
|
| 4162 |
|
|
bool info_uses_section_index_ : 1;
|
| 4163 |
|
|
// True if input sections attached to this output section have to be
|
| 4164 |
|
|
// sorted according to a specified order.
|
| 4165 |
|
|
bool input_section_order_specified_ : 1;
|
| 4166 |
|
|
// True if the input sections attached to this output section may
|
| 4167 |
|
|
// need sorting.
|
| 4168 |
|
|
bool may_sort_attached_input_sections_ : 1;
|
| 4169 |
|
|
// True if the input sections attached to this output section must
|
| 4170 |
|
|
// be sorted.
|
| 4171 |
|
|
bool must_sort_attached_input_sections_ : 1;
|
| 4172 |
|
|
// True if the input sections attached to this output section have
|
| 4173 |
|
|
// already been sorted.
|
| 4174 |
|
|
bool attached_input_sections_are_sorted_ : 1;
|
| 4175 |
|
|
// True if this section holds relro data.
|
| 4176 |
|
|
bool is_relro_ : 1;
|
| 4177 |
|
|
// True if this is a small section.
|
| 4178 |
|
|
bool is_small_section_ : 1;
|
| 4179 |
|
|
// True if this is a large section.
|
| 4180 |
|
|
bool is_large_section_ : 1;
|
| 4181 |
|
|
// Whether code-fills are generated at write.
|
| 4182 |
|
|
bool generate_code_fills_at_write_ : 1;
|
| 4183 |
|
|
// Whether the entry size field should be zero.
|
| 4184 |
|
|
bool is_entsize_zero_ : 1;
|
| 4185 |
|
|
// Whether section offsets need adjustment due to relaxation.
|
| 4186 |
|
|
bool section_offsets_need_adjustment_ : 1;
|
| 4187 |
|
|
// Whether this is a NOLOAD section.
|
| 4188 |
|
|
bool is_noload_ : 1;
|
| 4189 |
|
|
// Whether this always keeps input section.
|
| 4190 |
|
|
bool always_keeps_input_sections_ : 1;
|
| 4191 |
|
|
// Whether this section has a fixed layout, for incremental update links.
|
| 4192 |
|
|
bool has_fixed_layout_ : 1;
|
| 4193 |
159 |
khays |
// True if we can add patch space to this section.
|
| 4194 |
|
|
bool is_patch_space_allowed_ : 1;
|
| 4195 |
27 |
khays |
// For SHT_TLS sections, the offset of this section relative to the base
|
| 4196 |
|
|
// of the TLS segment.
|
| 4197 |
|
|
uint64_t tls_offset_;
|
| 4198 |
|
|
// Saved checkpoint.
|
| 4199 |
|
|
Checkpoint_output_section* checkpoint_;
|
| 4200 |
|
|
// Fast lookup maps for merged and relaxed input sections.
|
| 4201 |
|
|
Output_section_lookup_maps* lookup_maps_;
|
| 4202 |
|
|
// List of available regions within the section, for incremental
|
| 4203 |
|
|
// update links.
|
| 4204 |
|
|
Free_list free_list_;
|
| 4205 |
159 |
khays |
// Method for filling chunks of free space.
|
| 4206 |
|
|
Output_fill* free_space_fill_;
|
| 4207 |
|
|
// Amount added as patch space for incremental linking.
|
| 4208 |
|
|
off_t patch_space_;
|
| 4209 |
27 |
khays |
};
|
| 4210 |
|
|
|
| 4211 |
|
|
// An output segment. PT_LOAD segments are built from collections of
|
| 4212 |
|
|
// output sections. Other segments typically point within PT_LOAD
|
| 4213 |
|
|
// segments, and are built directly as needed.
|
| 4214 |
|
|
//
|
| 4215 |
|
|
// NOTE: We want to use the copy constructor for this class. During
|
| 4216 |
|
|
// relaxation, we may try built the segments multiple times. We do
|
| 4217 |
|
|
// that by copying the original segment list before lay-out, doing
|
| 4218 |
|
|
// a trial lay-out and roll-back to the saved copied if we need to
|
| 4219 |
|
|
// to the lay-out again.
|
| 4220 |
|
|
|
| 4221 |
|
|
class Output_segment
|
| 4222 |
|
|
{
|
| 4223 |
|
|
public:
|
| 4224 |
|
|
// Create an output segment, specifying the type and flags.
|
| 4225 |
|
|
Output_segment(elfcpp::Elf_Word, elfcpp::Elf_Word);
|
| 4226 |
|
|
|
| 4227 |
|
|
// Return the virtual address.
|
| 4228 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 4229 |
|
|
vaddr() const
|
| 4230 |
|
|
{ return this->vaddr_; }
|
| 4231 |
|
|
|
| 4232 |
|
|
// Return the physical address.
|
| 4233 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 4234 |
|
|
paddr() const
|
| 4235 |
|
|
{ return this->paddr_; }
|
| 4236 |
|
|
|
| 4237 |
|
|
// Return the segment type.
|
| 4238 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Word
|
| 4239 |
|
|
type() const
|
| 4240 |
|
|
{ return this->type_; }
|
| 4241 |
|
|
|
| 4242 |
|
|
// Return the segment flags.
|
| 4243 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Word
|
| 4244 |
|
|
flags() const
|
| 4245 |
|
|
{ return this->flags_; }
|
| 4246 |
|
|
|
| 4247 |
|
|
// Return the memory size.
|
| 4248 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 4249 |
|
|
memsz() const
|
| 4250 |
|
|
{ return this->memsz_; }
|
| 4251 |
|
|
|
| 4252 |
|
|
// Return the file size.
|
| 4253 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 4254 |
|
|
filesz() const
|
| 4255 |
|
|
{ return this->filesz_; }
|
| 4256 |
|
|
|
| 4257 |
|
|
// Return the file offset.
|
| 4258 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 4259 |
|
|
offset() const
|
| 4260 |
|
|
{ return this->offset_; }
|
| 4261 |
|
|
|
| 4262 |
|
|
// Whether this is a segment created to hold large data sections.
|
| 4263 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4264 |
|
|
is_large_data_segment() const
|
| 4265 |
|
|
{ return this->is_large_data_segment_; }
|
| 4266 |
|
|
|
| 4267 |
|
|
// Record that this is a segment created to hold large data
|
| 4268 |
|
|
// sections.
|
| 4269 |
|
|
void
|
| 4270 |
|
|
set_is_large_data_segment()
|
| 4271 |
|
|
{ this->is_large_data_segment_ = true; }
|
| 4272 |
|
|
|
| 4273 |
|
|
// Return the maximum alignment of the Output_data.
|
| 4274 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 4275 |
|
|
maximum_alignment();
|
| 4276 |
|
|
|
| 4277 |
|
|
// Add the Output_section OS to this PT_LOAD segment. SEG_FLAGS is
|
| 4278 |
|
|
// the segment flags to use.
|
| 4279 |
|
|
void
|
| 4280 |
|
|
add_output_section_to_load(Layout* layout, Output_section* os,
|
| 4281 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Word seg_flags);
|
| 4282 |
|
|
|
| 4283 |
|
|
// Add the Output_section OS to this non-PT_LOAD segment. SEG_FLAGS
|
| 4284 |
|
|
// is the segment flags to use.
|
| 4285 |
|
|
void
|
| 4286 |
|
|
add_output_section_to_nonload(Output_section* os,
|
| 4287 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Word seg_flags);
|
| 4288 |
|
|
|
| 4289 |
|
|
// Remove an Output_section from this segment. It is an error if it
|
| 4290 |
|
|
// is not present.
|
| 4291 |
|
|
void
|
| 4292 |
|
|
remove_output_section(Output_section* os);
|
| 4293 |
|
|
|
| 4294 |
|
|
// Add an Output_data (which need not be an Output_section) to the
|
| 4295 |
|
|
// start of this segment.
|
| 4296 |
|
|
void
|
| 4297 |
|
|
add_initial_output_data(Output_data*);
|
| 4298 |
|
|
|
| 4299 |
|
|
// Return true if this segment has any sections which hold actual
|
| 4300 |
|
|
// data, rather than being a BSS section.
|
| 4301 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4302 |
|
|
has_any_data_sections() const;
|
| 4303 |
|
|
|
| 4304 |
|
|
// Whether this segment has a dynamic relocs.
|
| 4305 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4306 |
|
|
has_dynamic_reloc() const;
|
| 4307 |
|
|
|
| 4308 |
|
|
// Return the address of the first section.
|
| 4309 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 4310 |
|
|
first_section_load_address() const;
|
| 4311 |
|
|
|
| 4312 |
|
|
// Return whether the addresses have been set already.
|
| 4313 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4314 |
|
|
are_addresses_set() const
|
| 4315 |
|
|
{ return this->are_addresses_set_; }
|
| 4316 |
|
|
|
| 4317 |
|
|
// Set the addresses.
|
| 4318 |
|
|
void
|
| 4319 |
|
|
set_addresses(uint64_t vaddr, uint64_t paddr)
|
| 4320 |
|
|
{
|
| 4321 |
|
|
this->vaddr_ = vaddr;
|
| 4322 |
|
|
this->paddr_ = paddr;
|
| 4323 |
|
|
this->are_addresses_set_ = true;
|
| 4324 |
|
|
}
|
| 4325 |
|
|
|
| 4326 |
|
|
// Update the flags for the flags of an output section added to this
|
| 4327 |
|
|
// segment.
|
| 4328 |
|
|
void
|
| 4329 |
|
|
update_flags_for_output_section(elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags)
|
| 4330 |
|
|
{
|
| 4331 |
|
|
// The ELF ABI specifies that a PT_TLS segment should always have
|
| 4332 |
|
|
// PF_R as the flags.
|
| 4333 |
|
|
if (this->type() != elfcpp::PT_TLS)
|
| 4334 |
|
|
this->flags_ |= flags;
|
| 4335 |
|
|
}
|
| 4336 |
|
|
|
| 4337 |
|
|
// Set the segment flags. This is only used if we have a PHDRS
|
| 4338 |
|
|
// clause which explicitly specifies the flags.
|
| 4339 |
|
|
void
|
| 4340 |
|
|
set_flags(elfcpp::Elf_Word flags)
|
| 4341 |
|
|
{ this->flags_ = flags; }
|
| 4342 |
|
|
|
| 4343 |
|
|
// Set the address of the segment to ADDR and the offset to *POFF
|
| 4344 |
|
|
// and set the addresses and offsets of all contained output
|
| 4345 |
|
|
// sections accordingly. Set the section indexes of all contained
|
| 4346 |
|
|
// output sections starting with *PSHNDX. If RESET is true, first
|
| 4347 |
|
|
// reset the addresses of the contained sections. Return the
|
| 4348 |
|
|
// address of the immediately following segment. Update *POFF and
|
| 4349 |
|
|
// *PSHNDX. This should only be called for a PT_LOAD segment.
|
| 4350 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 4351 |
|
|
set_section_addresses(Layout*, bool reset, uint64_t addr,
|
| 4352 |
|
|
unsigned int* increase_relro, bool* has_relro,
|
| 4353 |
|
|
off_t* poff, unsigned int* pshndx);
|
| 4354 |
|
|
|
| 4355 |
|
|
// Set the minimum alignment of this segment. This may be adjusted
|
| 4356 |
|
|
// upward based on the section alignments.
|
| 4357 |
|
|
void
|
| 4358 |
|
|
set_minimum_p_align(uint64_t align)
|
| 4359 |
|
|
{
|
| 4360 |
|
|
if (align > this->min_p_align_)
|
| 4361 |
|
|
this->min_p_align_ = align;
|
| 4362 |
|
|
}
|
| 4363 |
|
|
|
| 4364 |
|
|
// Set the offset of this segment based on the section. This should
|
| 4365 |
|
|
// only be called for a non-PT_LOAD segment.
|
| 4366 |
|
|
void
|
| 4367 |
|
|
set_offset(unsigned int increase);
|
| 4368 |
|
|
|
| 4369 |
|
|
// Set the TLS offsets of the sections contained in the PT_TLS segment.
|
| 4370 |
|
|
void
|
| 4371 |
|
|
set_tls_offsets();
|
| 4372 |
|
|
|
| 4373 |
|
|
// Return the number of output sections.
|
| 4374 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 4375 |
|
|
output_section_count() const;
|
| 4376 |
|
|
|
| 4377 |
|
|
// Return the section attached to the list segment with the lowest
|
| 4378 |
|
|
// load address. This is used when handling a PHDRS clause in a
|
| 4379 |
|
|
// linker script.
|
| 4380 |
|
|
Output_section*
|
| 4381 |
|
|
section_with_lowest_load_address() const;
|
| 4382 |
|
|
|
| 4383 |
|
|
// Write the segment header into *OPHDR.
|
| 4384 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 4385 |
|
|
void
|
| 4386 |
|
|
write_header(elfcpp::Phdr_write<size, big_endian>*);
|
| 4387 |
|
|
|
| 4388 |
|
|
// Write the section headers of associated sections into V.
|
| 4389 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 4390 |
|
|
unsigned char*
|
| 4391 |
|
|
write_section_headers(const Layout*, const Stringpool*, unsigned char* v,
|
| 4392 |
|
|
unsigned int* pshndx) const;
|
| 4393 |
|
|
|
| 4394 |
|
|
// Print the output sections in the map file.
|
| 4395 |
|
|
void
|
| 4396 |
|
|
print_sections_to_mapfile(Mapfile*) const;
|
| 4397 |
|
|
|
| 4398 |
|
|
private:
|
| 4399 |
|
|
typedef std::vector<Output_data*> Output_data_list;
|
| 4400 |
|
|
|
| 4401 |
|
|
// Find the maximum alignment in an Output_data_list.
|
| 4402 |
|
|
static uint64_t
|
| 4403 |
|
|
maximum_alignment_list(const Output_data_list*);
|
| 4404 |
|
|
|
| 4405 |
|
|
// Return whether the first data section is a relro section.
|
| 4406 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4407 |
|
|
is_first_section_relro() const;
|
| 4408 |
|
|
|
| 4409 |
|
|
// Set the section addresses in an Output_data_list.
|
| 4410 |
|
|
uint64_t
|
| 4411 |
|
|
set_section_list_addresses(Layout*, bool reset, Output_data_list*,
|
| 4412 |
|
|
uint64_t addr, off_t* poff, unsigned int* pshndx,
|
| 4413 |
|
|
bool* in_tls);
|
| 4414 |
|
|
|
| 4415 |
|
|
// Return the number of Output_sections in an Output_data_list.
|
| 4416 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 4417 |
|
|
output_section_count_list(const Output_data_list*) const;
|
| 4418 |
|
|
|
| 4419 |
|
|
// Return whether an Output_data_list has a dynamic reloc.
|
| 4420 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4421 |
|
|
has_dynamic_reloc_list(const Output_data_list*) const;
|
| 4422 |
|
|
|
| 4423 |
|
|
// Find the section with the lowest load address in an
|
| 4424 |
|
|
// Output_data_list.
|
| 4425 |
|
|
void
|
| 4426 |
|
|
lowest_load_address_in_list(const Output_data_list* pdl,
|
| 4427 |
|
|
Output_section** found,
|
| 4428 |
|
|
uint64_t* found_lma) const;
|
| 4429 |
|
|
|
| 4430 |
|
|
// Find the first and last entries by address.
|
| 4431 |
|
|
void
|
| 4432 |
|
|
find_first_and_last_list(const Output_data_list* pdl,
|
| 4433 |
|
|
const Output_data** pfirst,
|
| 4434 |
|
|
const Output_data** plast) const;
|
| 4435 |
|
|
|
| 4436 |
|
|
// Write the section headers in the list into V.
|
| 4437 |
|
|
template<int size, bool big_endian>
|
| 4438 |
|
|
unsigned char*
|
| 4439 |
|
|
write_section_headers_list(const Layout*, const Stringpool*,
|
| 4440 |
|
|
const Output_data_list*, unsigned char* v,
|
| 4441 |
|
|
unsigned int* pshdx) const;
|
| 4442 |
|
|
|
| 4443 |
|
|
// Print a section list to the mapfile.
|
| 4444 |
|
|
void
|
| 4445 |
|
|
print_section_list_to_mapfile(Mapfile*, const Output_data_list*) const;
|
| 4446 |
|
|
|
| 4447 |
|
|
// NOTE: We want to use the copy constructor. Currently, shallow copy
|
| 4448 |
|
|
// works for us so we do not need to write our own copy constructor.
|
| 4449 |
|
|
|
| 4450 |
|
|
// The list of output data attached to this segment.
|
| 4451 |
|
|
Output_data_list output_lists_[ORDER_MAX];
|
| 4452 |
|
|
// The segment virtual address.
|
| 4453 |
|
|
uint64_t vaddr_;
|
| 4454 |
|
|
// The segment physical address.
|
| 4455 |
|
|
uint64_t paddr_;
|
| 4456 |
|
|
// The size of the segment in memory.
|
| 4457 |
|
|
uint64_t memsz_;
|
| 4458 |
|
|
// The maximum section alignment. The is_max_align_known_ field
|
| 4459 |
|
|
// indicates whether this has been finalized.
|
| 4460 |
|
|
uint64_t max_align_;
|
| 4461 |
|
|
// The required minimum value for the p_align field. This is used
|
| 4462 |
|
|
// for PT_LOAD segments. Note that this does not mean that
|
| 4463 |
|
|
// addresses should be aligned to this value; it means the p_paddr
|
| 4464 |
|
|
// and p_vaddr fields must be congruent modulo this value. For
|
| 4465 |
|
|
// non-PT_LOAD segments, the dynamic linker works more efficiently
|
| 4466 |
|
|
// if the p_align field has the more conventional value, although it
|
| 4467 |
|
|
// can align as needed.
|
| 4468 |
|
|
uint64_t min_p_align_;
|
| 4469 |
|
|
// The offset of the segment data within the file.
|
| 4470 |
|
|
off_t offset_;
|
| 4471 |
|
|
// The size of the segment data in the file.
|
| 4472 |
|
|
off_t filesz_;
|
| 4473 |
|
|
// The segment type;
|
| 4474 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Word type_;
|
| 4475 |
|
|
// The segment flags.
|
| 4476 |
|
|
elfcpp::Elf_Word flags_;
|
| 4477 |
|
|
// Whether we have finalized max_align_.
|
| 4478 |
|
|
bool is_max_align_known_ : 1;
|
| 4479 |
|
|
// Whether vaddr and paddr were set by a linker script.
|
| 4480 |
|
|
bool are_addresses_set_ : 1;
|
| 4481 |
|
|
// Whether this segment holds large data sections.
|
| 4482 |
|
|
bool is_large_data_segment_ : 1;
|
| 4483 |
|
|
};
|
| 4484 |
|
|
|
| 4485 |
|
|
// This class represents the output file.
|
| 4486 |
|
|
|
| 4487 |
|
|
class Output_file
|
| 4488 |
|
|
{
|
| 4489 |
|
|
public:
|
| 4490 |
|
|
Output_file(const char* name);
|
| 4491 |
|
|
|
| 4492 |
|
|
// Indicate that this is a temporary file which should not be
|
| 4493 |
|
|
// output.
|
| 4494 |
|
|
void
|
| 4495 |
|
|
set_is_temporary()
|
| 4496 |
|
|
{ this->is_temporary_ = true; }
|
| 4497 |
|
|
|
| 4498 |
|
|
// Try to open an existing file. Returns false if the file doesn't
|
| 4499 |
|
|
// exist, has a size of 0 or can't be mmaped. This method is
|
| 4500 |
|
|
// thread-unsafe. If BASE_NAME is not NULL, use the contents of
|
| 4501 |
|
|
// that file as the base for incremental linking.
|
| 4502 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4503 |
|
|
open_base_file(const char* base_name, bool writable);
|
| 4504 |
|
|
|
| 4505 |
|
|
// Open the output file. FILE_SIZE is the final size of the file.
|
| 4506 |
|
|
// If the file already exists, it is deleted/truncated. This method
|
| 4507 |
|
|
// is thread-unsafe.
|
| 4508 |
|
|
void
|
| 4509 |
|
|
open(off_t file_size);
|
| 4510 |
|
|
|
| 4511 |
|
|
// Resize the output file. This method is thread-unsafe.
|
| 4512 |
|
|
void
|
| 4513 |
|
|
resize(off_t file_size);
|
| 4514 |
|
|
|
| 4515 |
|
|
// Close the output file (flushing all buffered data) and make sure
|
| 4516 |
|
|
// there are no errors. This method is thread-unsafe.
|
| 4517 |
|
|
void
|
| 4518 |
|
|
close();
|
| 4519 |
|
|
|
| 4520 |
|
|
// Return the size of this file.
|
| 4521 |
|
|
off_t
|
| 4522 |
|
|
filesize()
|
| 4523 |
|
|
{ return this->file_size_; }
|
| 4524 |
|
|
|
| 4525 |
|
|
// Return the name of this file.
|
| 4526 |
|
|
const char*
|
| 4527 |
|
|
filename()
|
| 4528 |
|
|
{ return this->name_; }
|
| 4529 |
|
|
|
| 4530 |
|
|
// We currently always use mmap which makes the view handling quite
|
| 4531 |
|
|
// simple. In the future we may support other approaches.
|
| 4532 |
|
|
|
| 4533 |
|
|
// Write data to the output file.
|
| 4534 |
|
|
void
|
| 4535 |
|
|
write(off_t offset, const void* data, size_t len)
|
| 4536 |
|
|
{ memcpy(this->base_ + offset, data, len); }
|
| 4537 |
|
|
|
| 4538 |
|
|
// Get a buffer to use to write to the file, given the offset into
|
| 4539 |
|
|
// the file and the size.
|
| 4540 |
|
|
unsigned char*
|
| 4541 |
|
|
get_output_view(off_t start, size_t size)
|
| 4542 |
|
|
{
|
| 4543 |
|
|
gold_assert(start >= 0
|
| 4544 |
|
|
&& start + static_cast<off_t>(size) <= this->file_size_);
|
| 4545 |
|
|
return this->base_ + start;
|
| 4546 |
|
|
}
|
| 4547 |
|
|
|
| 4548 |
|
|
// VIEW must have been returned by get_output_view. Write the
|
| 4549 |
|
|
// buffer to the file, passing in the offset and the size.
|
| 4550 |
|
|
void
|
| 4551 |
|
|
write_output_view(off_t, size_t, unsigned char*)
|
| 4552 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 4553 |
|
|
|
| 4554 |
|
|
// Get a read/write buffer. This is used when we want to write part
|
| 4555 |
|
|
// of the file, read it in, and write it again.
|
| 4556 |
|
|
unsigned char*
|
| 4557 |
|
|
get_input_output_view(off_t start, size_t size)
|
| 4558 |
|
|
{ return this->get_output_view(start, size); }
|
| 4559 |
|
|
|
| 4560 |
|
|
// Write a read/write buffer back to the file.
|
| 4561 |
|
|
void
|
| 4562 |
|
|
write_input_output_view(off_t, size_t, unsigned char*)
|
| 4563 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 4564 |
|
|
|
| 4565 |
|
|
// Get a read buffer. This is used when we just want to read part
|
| 4566 |
|
|
// of the file back it in.
|
| 4567 |
|
|
const unsigned char*
|
| 4568 |
|
|
get_input_view(off_t start, size_t size)
|
| 4569 |
|
|
{ return this->get_output_view(start, size); }
|
| 4570 |
|
|
|
| 4571 |
|
|
// Release a read bfufer.
|
| 4572 |
|
|
void
|
| 4573 |
|
|
free_input_view(off_t, size_t, const unsigned char*)
|
| 4574 |
|
|
{ }
|
| 4575 |
|
|
|
| 4576 |
|
|
private:
|
| 4577 |
|
|
// Map the file into memory or, if that fails, allocate anonymous
|
| 4578 |
|
|
// memory.
|
| 4579 |
|
|
void
|
| 4580 |
|
|
map();
|
| 4581 |
|
|
|
| 4582 |
|
|
// Allocate anonymous memory for the file.
|
| 4583 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4584 |
|
|
map_anonymous();
|
| 4585 |
|
|
|
| 4586 |
|
|
// Map the file into memory.
|
| 4587 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4588 |
|
|
map_no_anonymous(bool);
|
| 4589 |
|
|
|
| 4590 |
|
|
// Unmap the file from memory (and flush to disk buffers).
|
| 4591 |
|
|
void
|
| 4592 |
|
|
unmap();
|
| 4593 |
|
|
|
| 4594 |
|
|
// File name.
|
| 4595 |
|
|
const char* name_;
|
| 4596 |
|
|
// File descriptor.
|
| 4597 |
|
|
int o_;
|
| 4598 |
|
|
// File size.
|
| 4599 |
|
|
off_t file_size_;
|
| 4600 |
|
|
// Base of file mapped into memory.
|
| 4601 |
|
|
unsigned char* base_;
|
| 4602 |
|
|
// True iff base_ points to a memory buffer rather than an output file.
|
| 4603 |
|
|
bool map_is_anonymous_;
|
| 4604 |
|
|
// True if base_ was allocated using new rather than mmap.
|
| 4605 |
|
|
bool map_is_allocated_;
|
| 4606 |
|
|
// True if this is a temporary file which should not be output.
|
| 4607 |
|
|
bool is_temporary_;
|
| 4608 |
|
|
};
|
| 4609 |
|
|
|
| 4610 |
|
|
} // End namespace gold.
|
| 4611 |
|
|
|
| 4612 |
|
|
#endif // !defined(GOLD_OUTPUT_H)
|